Home

Mercedes Benz 4MATIC User's Manual

1. i For information on speed ratings for winter tires see Winter driving gt page 295 Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gar selector lever to position N or in case you have a manual transmission de clutch Try to keep the vehicle under con trol by corrective steering action i For more information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 296 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Operation Driving instructions Road salts and chemicals can adversely af fect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal braking effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible af ter driving is resumed A Make sure not to endarger any other road users when carrying out these brakin
2. 2 7 r o LIITT ary sS E Ln x100 1 min 8 QUI MD P54 30 7429 31 At a glance Instrument cluster Item Page Item Page Item Page EJ Left turn signal indi Coolant temperature dis Clock with 143 cator lamp play with Brake warning 312 Antilock Brake Sys 311 Coolant tempera 314 lamp except tem ABS Electronic ture warning lamp Canada a ee Tachometer with OJ Brake warning 312 warning lam A Eg Supplemental 316 lamp Canada only Speedometer restraint system Ea Engine malfunction 313 Multifunction display indicator lamp indicator lamp with OJ Antilock Brake Sys 310 Fuel display with Basic display with outside 141 tem ABS malfunc EJ Fuel reserve warn 315 temperature display tion indicator lamp ing lamp Status indicator with mal Seat belt non usage 315 Reset buttonfor function warning message warning lamp 7 e Resetting trip 127 Trip odometer 127 E High beam head 123 amaa A lamp indicator Distante warnine sis i f e Adjusting instrument 126 lamp Main odometer with duster illumination E Right turn signal indi e Selector lever position 43 e Confirming new time 143 cator lamp e Program mode 164 settings 1 Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without function It illuminates with the ignition on It should go out when the engine is running At a glance Multifunction steering wheel YV Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Mult
3. Control system Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system page 129 are controlled by the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Pressing any of the buttons on the multi function steering wheel will alter what is shown in the multifunction display Multifunction display in the speed ometer Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume E down to decrease up to increase Telephone to take a call to end a call Menu systems for next menu for previous menu Moving within a menu for next display B for previous display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under Audio for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being ar ranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or re peatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e Ifyou press button or re peatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Inthe Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenu
4. Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safe ty stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufac tured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards i Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener If you should experience diffi culties with programming the transmit ter contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 a For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Useful features Programming or reprogramming the in tegrated remote control Step 1 gt Switch on ignition Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed an integrated signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to s
5. Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage to and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden strong vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your haz ard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the ve hicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards Warning VAN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Re moval of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or per sonal injury Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If
6. to Release the switch when the roof has reached the desired position Fully opening Express open and clos ing Express close the sliding pop up roof gt To open close raise or lower the slid ing pop up roof move the switch past the resistance point in the required direction Q to and release The sliding pop up roof opens or clos es completely Stopping the sliding pop up roof gt Move the switch in any direction i If the movement of the sliding pop up roof is blocked during the closing pro cedure the roof will stop and reopen slightly Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof with the SmartKey The power windows gt page 199 will also be opened or closed when you operate the sliding pop up roof with the SmartKey Warning A Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger the procedure can be immediately halt ed by releasing the remote control button To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing gt Aim transmitter eye at the front door handle Opening Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously e opening the sliding pop up roof e opening the side windows e switching on the seat ventilation To do so follow the instructi
7. A The tire inflation pressure monitor does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected in flation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the label on the fuel filler cap Warning The tire inflation pressure monitor is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dra matic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully apply ing the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers i Operating radio transmission equip ment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the tire inflation pressure moni tor to malfunction Activating the tire inflation pressure monitor You must activate the tire inflation pres sure monitor in the following cases e If you have changed the tire pressure e If you have replaced the wheels or tires e If you have installed new wheels or tires gt Make sure the tire pressure is correctly set gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu ap pears in the multifunction display gt page 134 gt Press the JZ or RA button repeat edly until you see the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the display or the following message appears in the display Tire pres monitor Pres display after driving a few mins Reactivate using R button i If transporting a deflated road whe
8. C Seat heating switch gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All lights in the instrument cluster come on Switching seat heating on gt Press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set One or more red indicator lamps on the switch show the selected heater level Controls in detail Seats Switching seat heating off gt Press button Q repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out i The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 20 minutes If one or more of the lamps on the seat heater switch are flashing there is in sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heater switches off auto matically The seat heater will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Seat ventilation The switch is located on the center con sole Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the ignition on or by the summer opening feature gt page 199 The blue indicator lamps on the switch show the ventilation level selected Level 3 2 1 off gt and ear f Seat ventilation switch Three indicator lamps lit E gt Make sure the ignition has been Two indicator lamps lit switched on ne indi lit E uel All lights in the instrument cluster No indicator lamp lit come on Switching seat ventilation on gt Press button repeatedly un
9. Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly ac cording to factory specifications Any ad justments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized techni cians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing re quirements For details refer to the Service Booklet Warning VAN Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to approximately 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature over 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz
10. Turn the windshield wipers on again If windshield wipers fail to function at all in switch position l set the combination switch to the next highest wiper speed have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Getting started Driving Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be op erating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and turn off the engine Allow engine and coolant to cool gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 285 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking gasoline gt Do not start the engine under any cir cumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be de termined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Y Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your
11. ee eeseeeessseeeeeeeees 403 Premium unleaded gasoline 404 Fuel requirements sseeeeeeees 404 Gasoline additives 404 COONS sesser nanni 405 Windshield and headlamp washer System ceesceeesseeeeteeees 407 Consumer information eee 408 Uniform tire quality grading 408 _ _ _ S rn Technical terms 0ccc 411 V Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories ap proved by us are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will
12. i The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 41 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate With the SmartKey removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps are not switched off Warning A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Before closing doors make sure that there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing gt After exiting the vehicle press the lock button on the SmartKey page 30 All turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs on the doors move down Getting started Parking and locking Warning VAN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle may cause an accident and or serious personal injury More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 88 Turning off with KEYLESS GO p gt Place the gear selector lever in P p gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton to shut off the engine With the driver s door
13. Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads e Ifthe Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as cruise control gt page 2 18 Warning VAN Distronic adaptive cruise control is no sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to stationary objects nor recog nize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distronic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to traffic and road conditions and to provide the steering braking and oth er driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Warning TAS Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary However it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the ve hicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping d
14. Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency ten sioning devices and belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases when the seat belts are fas tened in frontal or rear end impacts exceed ing a preset severity level in certain vehicle rollovers if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see E indicator lamp gt page 56 In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on oc cupants during a crash A An emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced Warning When disposing of the emergency tension ing device our safety instructions must be followed These are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact airbag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicl
15. Side marker lamp bulb To prevent scratches we recommend that you have the sidemarker bulb re placed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs License plate lamp Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Tail lamp assemblies The tail lamps are equipped with HiP bulbs gt Switch off the lights Screw gt Carefully slide lamp towards front Warning A gt Switch off the lights gt Remove rear end first gt Loosen both screws Q and remove Twist bulb k joci The bulbs in the tail lamps cannot be re lamp i i S0C CET COUNTErCIIGKWISE placed individually The tail lamp bulbs are i andipull out under pressure and could explode during an gt Replace the tubular lamp and reinsta gt Pull bulb out of the bulb socket attempt to replace them lamp Insert new bulb in socket If the tail lamps are malfunctioning have gt Retighten the screws F th h d at thorized Reinstall bulb socket push in and twist ls Se pea aes Mercedes Benz Center clockwise gt To reinstall lamp set rear end in bumper and let front end snap into place Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Y Replacing wiper blades To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position Removing wiper blades gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 1 gt Turn combination
16. WwW Warning lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 222 Distronic 216 Drivers seat belts 62 Parking brake 46 Warranty coverage 389 Washing the vehicle 302 Wear pattern tires 293 Weights 399 Wheel change 370 Tightening torque 374 Wheels Rotating 293 Tires and wheels 289 Window curtain airbags 61 Windows see Side windows 197 Windshield Defogging 179 189 Refilling washer fluid 288 Replacing wiper blades 365 Washer fluid 288 Windshield washer fluid Message in display 347 Refilling 288 Wiping with 49 Windshield wipers 48 169 Fast wiper speed 48 Intermittent wiping 48 Replacing wiper blades 364 365 Single wipe 49 Switching on 48 Wiping with windshield washer fluid 49 Winter driving Block heater 296 Snow chains 296 Tires 295 Transmission program mode 164 Winter tires 295 Winter driving instructions 273 Winter tires 295 Wiper blades 305 Installing 365 Removing 365 Replacing 365 Wiping And washing simultaneously 49 Interval 48 With windshield washer fluid 49 Wood trims Cleaning 308 Xx Xenon headlamps Bi Xenon 411 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz
17. gt Fold the seat cushions and the back tion rests forward F gt Remove the head restraints Raise the seat backrest and fold the head restraints forward Q Release lever gt Fold the seat backrest forward gt Pull seat cushion release lever Q and remove the seat cushion by pulling it upward Release catch Controls in detail Loading Loading instructions P00 0 1 2268 31 The total load weight including vehicle oc cupants and luggage cargo should not ex ceed the vehicle capacity weight indicated on the certification tag which can be found on the left door pillar The handling characteristics of a fully load ed vehicle depend greatly on the load dis tribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustra tions shown with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible The heaviest portion of the cargo should al ways be kept as low as possible since it in fluences the handling characteristics of the vehicle A Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal inj
18. vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corro sion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corro sion protection and increase boil over pro tection Refer to Service Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used stipulate the replacement interval The re placement interval published in the Ser vice Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet are used to re new the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will in crease due to the lower heat transfer capa bilit
19. Canada only in the instrument cluster will be illuminated Getting started Parking and locking Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or move the gear selec tor lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious injury Warning A Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se lector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehi cle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to EE gt page 47 More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 119 Turning off engine gt Place the gear selector lever in position P i Always set the parking brake in addi tion to shifting to position P On steep slopes turn the front wheels towards the road curb Turning off with the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch gt page 31 to position O and remove it The immobilizer is activated
20. Controls in detail oN i AP y lt _ _ k j gt Open hook and loop strap Q gt From trunk slide skis into ski sack gt Wrap strap around ski sack and arm gt Pull ski sack into passenger compart reSt ment and unfold Warning A gt Close clasp arrows and pull strap tight to firmly secure skis The ski sack is designed for up to four pairs of skis Do not load the ski sack with other objects Always fasten the ski sack securely In an accident an unfastened ski sack can cause injury to vehicle occupants Controls in detail Unloading and folding P91 12 2401 31 gt Connect snap hook Q of front strap to gt Close ski sack compartment cover eye 2 located on center tunnel in gt Loosen strap open clasp by pressing front of rear seat bench tabs together arrows Unload skis Close flap in trunk Fold and flatten ski sack lengthwise and place folded ski sack inside recess of backrest Controls in detail Loading Removal of ski sack For removal of the ski sack we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Never drive vehicle with trunk open while the ski sack is removed Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle in terior resulting in unconsciousness and death Warning i To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk always close the cover Split rear bench seat To expand the trunk you can
21. If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Service Booklet Practical hints Where will I find Vv Where will I find First aid kit The first aid kit is in the storage compart ment at the front edge of the front passen ger seat P68 00 3366 31 gt Pull tab Q upward gt Fold the covering forward gt Remove the first aid kit Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Vehicles with TIREFIT kit E 55 AMG The TIREFIT kit is located under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor and engage the han dle in the upper edge of trunk gt Remove the luggage box gt page 351 Vehicle tool kit and jack Electric air pump TIREFIT kit Spare wheel The spare wheel is located under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor and engage the han dle in the upper edge of trunk gt Remove the luggage box gt page 351 d i Vehicle tool kit Wheel bolt wrench Jack Spare wheel Removing the spare wheel gt Turn luggage bowl counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel Storing the spare wheel gt Place spare wheel 2 in wheel well gt Tu
22. In winter operation the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS the BAS the ESP SBC and 4MATIC is only achieved with winter tires M S tires or snow chains as required Warning VAN The following factors increase the risk of ac cidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS ESP SBC and 4MATIC cannot reduce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions ABS Warning VAN Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will re spond even with light brake pressure The malfunction warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice It goes out when the engine is running Braking If the ABS activates during braking the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster dial flashes Because of the SBC brake system you will not
23. Overdue 298 Types 297 When due 297 Service and warranty information 10 Service indicator 297 Calling up 298 Clearing 298 Service life tires 290 Service System see FSS 297 Setting Convenience functions 140 150 Cruise control 212 Daytime running lamp mode 146 Distronic time interval 221 Exterior rear view mirror parking position 118 Higher speed in cruise control 213 Higher speed in Distronic 219 Hours clock 144 Individual vehicle settings 138 Instrument lighting 126 127 Interior lighting delayed switch off 149 Lamps and lighting control system 146 Language multifunction display 142 Locator lighting 147 Lower speed in cruise control 213 Lower speed in Distronic 220 Miles kilometers in speedometer 141 Minutes clock 144 145 Parking position for exterior rear view mirrors 152 Slower speed in cruise control 213 Slower speed in Distronic 220 Smartkey dependent memory 152 Speed in cruise control 213 Speed in Distronic 219 Speedometer display mode 141 Suspension tuning 226 Synchronizing the time 144 Temperature interior 178 188 Temperature indicator 141 Tire inflation pressure 143 Units Speedometer 141 Temperature 141 Tire inflation pressure 143 Vehicle level control 227 Settings Calling up Distronic 136 217 Convenience functions 150 Factory KEYLESS GO 94 Factory SmartKey 89 Individual 152 Lighting control system 146 Menus and submenus 131 Resetting all control system 138 Resetting inthe
24. Press the button on the multi function steering wheel until the stan dard display appears in the multifunction display Operation Maintenance FSS PLUS now recalculates the values You cannot call up the service display or the service menu during this time If the service indicator was inadvertent ly reset have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper service has been performed Resetting the system without performing proper service as called for by the FSS PLUS will cause the FSS PLUS to incorrectly determine the next service interval which will re sult in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Maintenance Setting the date for special works You can enter appointments for exhaust gas analysis and general inspection over FSS PLUS gt Switch ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 129 gt Press button R or EAN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS PLUS indicator appears in the mul tifunction display gt Press the reset button gt page 22 for about five seconds The SERVICE MENU appears in the multi function display gt Select the SPECIAL WORK menu with the or ES button Press the button The service indicator now displays the SPECIAL WORK menu EXH GAS ANALYSIS GENERAL INSPECTION 72 F s 149 8 MI Select the EXH GAS ANALYSIS ERAL INSPEC
25. Since last reset 154 Fuel filler flap 278 Locking 278 Unlocking 278 Fuel reserve tank Message in display 335 Fuel tank Filler flap 278 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 400 Fully closing Express close the slid ing pop up roof 202 Fully opening Express open the slid ing pop up roof 202 Functions control system 133 Resetting 139 Fuse chart 385 Fuses 385 Fuse chart 385 Fuse extractor 385 Spare fuses 385 G Garage door opener 27 258 Erasing the integrated remote control 263 Integrated remote control 259 Rolling code programming 261 Gasoline see Fuel 279 Gear range 413 Automatic transmission 160 Limiting 160 Shifting into optimal 159 Gear range limit Canceling 159 Gear selector lever Position 161 Global Locking 89 Locking with KEYLESS GO 94 Unlocking 89 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 94 Global Positioning System GPS 413 Glove box 242 Closing 242 Opening 242 Good visibility 168 GPS 413 GPS see COMAND 251 H Hand held transmitter Programming integrated remote control 259 Reprogramming integrated remote control 263 Hazard warning flasher 123 Switching off 124 Switching on 124 Headlamps Automatic control 120 Bi Xenon 411 Cleaning system 170 Switching off 52 Switching on 47 Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signallenses 304 Heated seats 113 Heated steering wheel Height adjustment Head restraints 36 Steering wheel 37 Vehicle level 227 248 High beam flasher 47 123 High beam headlamps M
26. Warning e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down i Excessive coolant temperature trigger a warning in the multifunction display gt page 314 During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tempera ture may rise close to 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Instrument cluster Trip odometer Make sure you are viewing the trip odome ter display gt page 129 gt Ifitis not displayed press the or repeatedly until the trip odome ter appears gt Press and hold the reset button on the instrument cluster gt page 22 until the trip odometer is reset 127 Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking E 5
27. are closed Defrosting i These settings should only be selected for a short time Activating gt Press button KA The indicator lamp on the button comes on or Switch off air recirculation if selected gt Press button Ray The indicator lamp on the button goes out Close center air vents gt Adjust side air vents upwards Deactivating gt Press button Keay The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defrosting is turned off Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Warning A When the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C only switch to air recirculation mode for short periods to prevent window fogging i If you keep button pressed the side windows and the sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof or will close Activating gt Press button Bay The indicator lamp on the button comes on i The air recirculation mode is activated automatically e at high outside temperatures e if the concentration of carbon mon oxide and nitrogen oxide in the out side air increases for example in a tunnel charcoal filter activated gt page 192 If you have turned off the air condition ing gt page 182 or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the ai
28. could tear Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Starting the engine Warning A Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open Getting started Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive position More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 160 Getting started Driving Starting with the SmartKey gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Do not depress the accelerator gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 31 i You can also use th
29. ical key P80 20 2531 31 Unlocked Locked gt Close the trunk lid gt page 99 gt Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 353 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Separately unlocking the trunk gt Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 353 gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key completely to the left to position gt page 105 You can now open the trunk gt page 97 A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid i Unlocking the trunk with the mechani cal key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following e Press button or on the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of ap proximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so i The doors unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact ex ceeds a preset threshold The vehicle automatically locks when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed or towed e
30. press for opening or for closing gt Aim transmitter eye at the front door handle Opening Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously e opening the sliding pop up roof e opening the side windows e switching on the seat ventilation To do so follow the instructions below gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof be gin to open after approximately one second gt Release the button to stop proce dure Controls in detail Power windows Closing Convenience feature gt Press and hold button after lock ing the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof be gin to close after approximately one second gt Release the button to stop proce dure Make sure all side windows and the sliding pop up roof or panorama slid ing pop up roof are properly closed be fore leaving the vehicle Controls in detail Power windows Closing the side windows with KEY LESS GO gt Press and hold lock button at door gt page 54 until the side windows and the sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof are closed Warning A When closing the windows and the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exi
31. they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result TM According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions Getting started Adjusting gt Turn the SmartKey inthe starter switch Seat fore and aft adjustment to position 1 or 2 gt page 31 or A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow Adjust a comfortable seating position restraint button once or twice gt page 33 that still allows you to reach the o accelerator brake pedal safely The Seat adjustment gt Open the driver s or passenger door position should be as far to the rear as The seat adjustment switches are located possible consistent with ability to on the front doors properly operate controls i When moving the seat be
32. tor checked by an authorized A wheel without proper sensor was in levies Bene Cente stalled gt Change the wheel gt page 370 Tire pres The tire pressure has decreased signifi Check and correct tire pressure as re Caution tire defect cantly in one or more tires quired gt page 290 Tire pres One or more tires is deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Caution tire derect avoiding abrubt steering and braking maneuvers gt Change the wheel gt page 370 Tire pres The tire pressure in one or more tires is Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check tires already below the minimum value avoiding abrubt steering and braking The tire pressure in one or more tires is I low gt Change the wheel gt page 370 A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Display symbol Display messages Tire pres RL Caution Tire defect Tire pres RL Check tires Tire pres RR Caution Tire defect Tire pres RR Check tires Warning VAN Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Possible cause The left rear tire is deflating The left rear tire pressure is low The right rear tire is deflating The right rear tire pressure is low Y
33. vate the easy entry exit feature When the feature is activated the steering wheel and driver s seat will move back to facili tate exiting when you e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open the drivers door However the engine must be turned off Warning VAN You must make sure that no one can be come trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and the driver s seat when the easy entry exit feature is in operation and the driver s door is being opened or the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or personal injury After entering the vehicle the steering wheel and seat will move into the position stored in memory when e the drivers door is closed e you put the SmartKey in the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt you press the appropriate stored posi tion button on the memory switch gt page 117 i To cancel seat steering wheel move ment do one of the following e Press seat adjustment switch gt page 35 e Move the steering column stalk gt page 37 e Press the memory button gt page 117 Move the selection marker with the or ESM button to the Convenience submenu Press button aj or R
34. 1449 mm 56 2 in 1429 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 61 4 in 1559 mm 61 1 in 1552 mm E 500 E 500 4MATIC 190 3 in 4833 mm 71 7 in 1822 mm 56 3 in 1431 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 61 7 in 1567 mm 61 4 in 1560 mm E55 AMG 190 9 in 4849 mm 71 7 in 1822 mm 55 6 in 1412 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 62 3 in 1583 mm 61 3 in 1558 mm Technical data Weights V Weights Roof load max 220 Ibs 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ibs 100 kg Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc V Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective Please refer to the Factory Approved Ser lubricants must match Therefore use only vice Products Pamphlet or inquire at your brands tested and approved by us authorized Mercedes Benz Center Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter E320 E 320 4MATIC 8 5 US qt 8 0 1 Approved engine oils E 500 E 500 4MATIC 8 0 US qt 7 51 E55 AMG 9 0 US qt 8 5 I Automatic transmission 8 0 US qt 7 5 I MB Automatic Transmission Oil Front axle E 320 4MATIC 0 63 US qt 0 6 1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 E 500 4MATIC Rear axle E 320 E 320 4MATIC 1 06 US qt 11 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 E 500 E 500 4MATIC 1 37 US qt 1 3 1 E55 AMG Transfer case E 320 4MATIC 0 62 US qt 0 585 I MB Transfer Case Fluid E 500 4MATIC Power steering Front wheel hubs Brake system Cooling system Fuel tank including a reserve o
35. 18 Wheel offset 1 18 in 30 mm Summer tires radial ply tires 245 40 ZR18 Rear axle AMG light alloy rims 9J x 18 Wheel offset 1 54 in 39 mm Summer tires radial ply tires 265 35 ZR18 Extra Load MO Must not be used with snow chains Minispare wheel i eee The E 55 AMG does not have a spare E 320 E 320 4MATIC wheel The E 55 AMG is equipped with E 500 E 500 4MATIC TIREFIT gt page 350 Rim 4 x17 Wheel offset 1 34 34 mm Tire T 155 70 R 17 110 M Must not be used with snow chains V Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery auxiliary Battery main Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque E 320 E 320 4MATIC 14V 150A 14V 1 4kW 12V 12 Ah 12 V 95 Ah Bosch F8 DPP 332U NGK PFR 5R 11 0 039 in 1 00 mm 18 5 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm Technical data E 500 E 500 4MATIC 14V 150A 14V 1 7 kW 12V 12 Ah 12 V 95 Ah Bosch F8 DPP 332U NGK PFR 5R 11 0 039 in 1 00 mm 18 5 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm Electrical system E 55 AMG 14V 180A 14 V 1 7 kW 12 V 12 Ah 12 V 95 Ah NGK IL FR 6 A 0 031 in 0 8 mm 18 5 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm Technical data Main dimensions Y Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width Overall vehicle height Overall vehicle height Airmatic DC optional on E320 standard on E500 E55 AMG Wheelbase Track front Track rear E 320 E 320 4MATIC 190 3 in 4833 mm 71 7 in 1822 mm 57 1 in
36. Aid system are malfunctioning The emergency power battery for the Tele Aid system is malfunctioning If the vehi cle battery is also dead Tele Aid will not be operational The system is malfunctioning This display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be ac tivated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessar ily which could also result in injury Possible solution gt gt Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Drive with added caution to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Steering oi The steering gear oil level is too low gt Have the system checked by an au Visit workshop There is a danger of steering gear dam thorized Mercedes Benz Center age Entry position Seat mirrors and steering wheel have not Wait until the seat mirrors and steer Do not drive yet moved to their preset driving posi ing wheel have moved to their driving tions positions The message disappears ES Trunk open This message will appear whenever the Close the trunk lid t
37. Batteries vehicle Charging 377 Disconnecting 376 Messages in display 320 324 325 Reconnecting 377 Removing 377 Service 375 Battery discharged Jump starting 378 Bi Xenon headlamps 411 Block heater 296 Blocking Rear window operation 72 Brake assist system BAS 411 Brake fluid 279 328 Brake pads Message in display 326 Brakes Warning lamp 312 Break in period 266 Bulbs replacing Additional turn signals 359 Foglamps 359 Frontlamps 359 361 High beam 359 High beam bulb Bi Xenon headlamps only 362 High beam bulb Halogen headlamps only 362 High mounted brake lamp 360 License plate lamps 360 363 Low beam 359 Parking lamps 360 362 Side marker lamps 359 363 Standing lamps 360 362 Taillamp 360 Tail lamp assemblies 363 Turn signal lamp 359 c CAC Customer Assistance Center Calling up Distronic settings 136 Range distance to empty Service indicator 298 CAN system 411 Cargo tie down rings CD player Operating Center console Lower part 26 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 317 Upper part 25 Centigrade Setting temperature units 141 Central locking Automatic From inside Switch 107 Switching on off control system 149 Unlocking from inside 411 154 241 135 106 107 107 Central locking switch 107 Changing Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 355 356 Batteries SmartKey 355 356 Smartkey setting 150 Vehicle level 228 Charcoal filter 192 Activating 192 Deac
38. Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning VAN To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Re printing translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no P00 0 1 2282 3 1 Press time 07 16 03 GSP TIP Printed in Germany
39. EJ Off lamps and use the turn signals see the sere ic headi Getting started section gt page 47 The exterior lamp switch is located on the BEA Automatic headlamp mode dashboard to the left of the steering wheel X Parking lamps also side marker lamps tail lamps license plate lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When engine is running the low beam is also switched on i If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is regis tered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center g Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps combination switch pushed forward G Standing lamps right turn left one stop Ma Standing lamps left turn left two stops Controls in detail Lighting iJ Manual headlamp mode To minimize risk to you and to others acti If you remove the SmartKey and open The low beam headlamps and parking vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp the driver s door while the parking lamps can be switched on and off with the switch to when driving or when traffic lamps or low beam headlamps are exterior lamp switch gt page 119 and or ambient lighting conditions require switched on then you to do so e a warning sounds Automatic headlamp mode In low ambient lighting conditions only e EE appears in the multifunc
40. ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice It goes out when the engine is running Warning VAN Never switch off the ESP when you see the ABS ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed Warning A The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 394 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Vehicles without 4MATIC Because of the ESP s automatic opera tion the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch
41. For additional information see Activating ex terior rear view mirror parking position gt page 168 gt Move the selection marker to the Convenience submenu using the or E button gt Press button EAN or Beg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Mirror adjustment parking aid The selection marker is on the current setting Mirror adjust ment parking aid 5 ES off 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2091 31 gt Press or E to switch function on or off Dynamic seat submenu Access the Dynamic Seat submenu via the Settings menu Use the Dynamic Seat submenu to change the settings for the dy namic seats The following functions are available Function Page Adjust driver seat 153 Adjust passenger seat 141 Adjusting the dynamic seat The function dynamic seat adjustment lets you determine the way the seat adjusts while driving gt Move the selection marker with the or FES button to the Dynamic Seat submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Dyn Multi cont Seat driver for the driver seat or Dyn Multi cont Seat fr pass for the passenger seat The selection marker is on the current setting Dyn Multi cont Seat driver OS E Level 2 72 F i 149 8 MI i gt Press or E to switch function Level lorLevel 2 Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehic
42. Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc es e g truck air brakes or jackham mers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the system detects an obstacle in this range all the warning lamps come on and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the ac tual distance might no longer be indicated by the system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicator for the front area is located above the center air vents in the dashboard The warning indi cator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim SS errr SS eaaa ana ar ana Front area warning indicator Left side of the vehicle Right side of the vehicle Each warning indicator is divided into six yellow and two red segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready when the border around the indi cator is illuminated The position of the gear selector lever de termines which warning indicators will be activated Selector lever po Warning indicator sition D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated P Neither activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more segmen
43. System SRS 415 Suspension tuning For comfortable driving style 226 For sporty driving style 226 Switching off Automatic central locking control system 149 Engine 52 ESP 78 Hazard warning flasher 124 Headlamps 52 Seat heating 114 Switching on Automatic central locking control system 149 ESP 79 Front fog lamps 122 Hazard warning flasher 124 Headlamps 47 High beams 123 Parking lamps 119 Rear fog lamp 122 Seat heating 114 Windshield wipers 48 Symbol Distronic Distance warning function 136 Synchronizing ESP 323 Panorama sliding pop up roof 209 Power windows 200 Sliding pop up roof 204 Time 144 T Tachometer 128 Displaying gear range 160 Overspeed range 128 Taillamps 360 363 Tar stains 303 Tele Aid Messages in display 345 346 Tele Aid System 415 Tele Aid 250 Emergency calls 252 Information 255 Initiating an emergency call manually 253 Remote door unlock 257 Roadside Assistance 254 SOS button 253 Stolen vehicle tracking services 258 System self check 251 Tele Aid System 250 Upgrade signals 256 Telematics 415 Telephone 24 249 Answering acall 156 Dialing a number from the phone book 156 Ending a call 156 Loading phone book 156 Messages in the display 346 Operating 155 Redialing 157 Temperature Display mode 141 Sensor 27 Setting interior temperature 178 188 Setting units in display 141 Tires 291 The coolant level is correct if the level 286 Tie down rings trunk 241 Tightening tor
44. When driving in the manual program mode gt page 165 the transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear gt page 166 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning i You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R Controls in detail Automatic transmission Upshifting gt Press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel The gear range is extended when you are not driving in the manual program mode gt page 160 When driving in the manual program mode gt page 165 the transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear gt page 166 i You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R Controls in detail Automatic transmission Program mode selector switch gt Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the letter of the desired shift program appears in the multifunction display gt page 129 Accelerator position The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console Your driving style influences the transmission s shifting behavior Select C for comfort driving Less
45. activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in an accident and or injury to you or to others Lamp in center console Problem PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF The indicator lamp comes on PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF The indicator lamp does not come on with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the front passenger seat Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Suggested solution A BabySmart child seat is installed on the front passenger seat Therefore the front passenger airbag is switched off The system is malfunctioning when there is Have the system checked as soon as no BabySmart child seat installed on the possible by an authorized front passenger seat Mercedes Benz Center The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat gt If the light remains out have the sys tem checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front pas senger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints What to do if Messages in the display The control system shows warning and malfunction messages in the multifunction display Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible s
46. ahead to the set speed come on ments come on around the set speed If Distronic calculates that there is a dan li ger of collision e The DTR warning lamp in the in The vehicle speed displayed on the strument cluster comes on red speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system e An intermittent warning sounds gt Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a collision Warning A An intermittent warning sounds and the DTR warning lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calcu lates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the pre set following distance which creates a dan ger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final cau tion that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the op eration of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact be ing avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Warning VAN Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maxi mum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corresponds to about 20 of the maxi mum deceleration
47. airbag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the airbag Oc cupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously in jured by an airbag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the seat back rest gt D gt D Safety and Security Occupant safety Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper opera tion of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the airbag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 in 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combination of ad justments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any problems please see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front airbag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the side airbag inflates This could result in s
48. appears in the mul tifunction display i If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the service indica tor To arrive at the true service dead line you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the ser vice indicator Do not confuse the service indicator with the engine oil level indicator Ea Resetting the service indicator In the event that a service on your vehicle is not carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can reset the service indicator yourself gt Switch the ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 134 gt Press button R or EN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS PLUS indicator appears in the mul tifunction display gt Press the reset button gt page 22 for about five seconds The SERVICE MENU appears in the multi function display 72 F a 149 8 MI j gt Select the CONFIRMATION menu with the or ES button gt Press the button The service indicator now displays the CONFIRMATION menu The selection marker is on CONFIRM CANCEL CANCEL SING ITEMS 72 F 149 8 MI gt Press the button The service indicator now displays the CONFIRM menu The selection maker is on STANDARD OIL Press the button The words SERVICE CONFIRMED appear in the multifunction display AN 13h The service indicator is reset
49. at an autho functioning rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning VAN Driving while these messages are displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately If there is a malfunction in the SBC brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page 381 If the SBC brake system enters its emergen cy operation mode the driver must apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further than normal to obtain braking effect If neces sary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased Low brake fluid in the reservoir may cause the braking system to fail Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if i
50. at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced See your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment i Backup bulbs will be brought into use when the following lamps malfunction e Standing lamps e Tail lamps Practical hints Replacing bulbs Bulbs Front lamps Lamp Type Additional turn signal LED lamps Turn signal lamp 1156 NA Side marker lamp W5W Halogen headlamps Low beam H7 55 W Bi Xenon headlamps Low and high beam D2S 35 W Halogen headlamps High beam high beam H7 55 W flasher Bi Xenon headlamps High beam flasher H7 55 W Parking and standing W5W P54 00 2301 31 lamps Fog lamp H1 55 W Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Practical hints Replacing bulbs Rear lamps Lamp Type High mounted brake LED lamp Brake tail parking HiP standing backup lamps LED and turn signal lamps Rear fog lamp driver s side License plate lamps C5W Notes on bulb replacement Warning VAN Keep bulbs out of reach of children Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Bi Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its
51. be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the ve hicle with all wheels on the ground Practical hints Towing the vehicle If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised not permissible for vehicles with 4MATIC the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle raised the vehicle may be towed only for dis tances up to 30 miles 50 km and ata speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Practical hints Towing the vehicle To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the drive train however we recommend the drive shaft be discon nected at the rear axle drive flange ve hicles with 4MATIC disconnected at the front and rear axle drive flanges for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Warning VAN If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the SBC brake system e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle
52. be per formed Introduction Operator s Manual Vv Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment detai
53. beam CAC Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz customer service cen ter which can help you with any ques tions about your vehicle and provide assistance in the event of a break down CAN system Controller Area Network Data bus network serving to control ve hicle functions such as door locking or windshield wiping Cockpit All instruments switches buttons and indicator warning lamps in the passen ger compartment needed for vehicle operation and monitoring Technical terms COMAND Distronic Cockpit Management and Data Sys A driving convenience cruise control tem system which helps the driver maintain Information and operating center for a pre selected speed vehicle sound and communications systems including the radio and navi gation system as well as other optional equipment CD changer telephone etc e If there is no vehicle directly ahead the system operates in the same way as conventional gt cruise con trol e Ifa slower moving vehicle is ahead Distronic will reduce your vehicle speed to the extent permitted by re duced throttle and up to 20 brak ing power to maintain the preset minimum following distance Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to DTR navigate through the system and to a
54. buckle up again Fold the seat backrest forward Make sure the head restraints fit all the way into the seat cushion pockets This will prevent the backrests from being damaged during loading Seat cushion Seat backrest 237 Controls in detail Loading Returning seat backrest to original po sition Seat cushion Seat backrest gt Swing seat backrest 2 to the rear until it engages gt Swing seat cushion to the rear and press the center front of the cushion until it audibly engages gt Swing the head restraint forward by hand until it engages Warning A Always lock backrest in its upright position when rear seat bench is occupied or the ex tended trunk compartment is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the backrest In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Controls in detail Loading Expanding the cargo area gt Press head restraint release catch Q 1 3 es ae ii and pull the head restraints out of the Leave the seat cushion hinge in this po oo stion The upholstery coud be dar as 8 i gt Fold the backrest into the vertical posi aged if you fold the hinge back
55. climate control is operational whenev er the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the au tomatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the se lected interior temperature and the cur rent outside temperature Warning VAN When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents in the footwell can be very hot or very cold de pending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Al ways keep sufficient distance between un protected parts of the body and the footwell air vents If necessary change the air flow using the air distribution controls page 176 to direct the air away from the footwell air vents Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the ACOFF mode is selected gt page 182 Warning VAN Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Controls in detail Climate control i Severe conditions e g strong air pollu tion may require replacement of the fil ter before its scheduled interval A clogged
56. compartment Warning Removing ashtray insert A Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to se cure vehicle from movement Move gear se lector lever to position N With gear selector lever in position N turn off the engine Warning gt Secure vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to position N Now you have more room to take out the insert gt Push sliding button 2 to the right and hold gt Grip and remove insert from ashtray frame Reinstalling ashtray insert gt Install insert by pushing it back into frame until it engages again Rear seat ashtray Controls in detail Useful features Opening rear seat ashtray gt Briefly press the top of the ashtray The ashtray opens Cigarette lighter See The cigarette lighter is located in the cen ter console compartment in front of the armrest gt page 26 P68 00 2996 31 Cigarette lighter gt Turn ignition on gt Push in cigarette lighter The lighter will pop out automatically when hot 247 Controls in detail Useful features AN Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock
57. compartment The amper ages of the fuses are also given there Spare fuses Spare fuses are found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk Fuse extractor The fuse extractor is found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk Only install fuses that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz and that have the specified amperage rat ing Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 386 me i c s 1 gt Technical data Spare parts service The Technical data section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle 388 YV Spare parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different spare parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could co
58. connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not avail able The message INFO CALL FAILED appears in the multifunc tion display Information calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunc tion steering wheel Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamps do not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently ac tive and may not initiate a call Visit your authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or con tact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Upgrade signals The Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority e Automatic emergency First priority e Manual emergency Second priority e Roadside assistance Third priority e Information Fourth priority Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected an upgrade al ternating tone will be heard and the ap propriate indicator lamp will flash If certain information such as vehicle identi fication number or customer information is not available the operator may need to re transmit During this time you will hear a beep and voice contact will be interrupted Voice contact will resum
59. depending on climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehi cle doors etc Operation Vehicle care Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bush ings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be pro tected from any wax Vehicle washing Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight Use only a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz ap proved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clear water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Due to the width of the vehicle fold in out side mirrors prior to running the vehi
60. depressurized tire is no longer in the vehicle VY Batteries Your vehicle is equipped with two batter ies e Main battery battery for starter and electrical consumers located in the trunk e Auxiliary battery back up battery sta bilizes the electrical system if the main battery is discharged located in the en gine compartment The main battery is in the trunk under the luggage box Remove the luggage box gt page 351 Vehicles with spare wheel Negative terminal Positive terminal Li E55 AMG The main battery is located inside the trunk area at the top instead of to the right Warning VAN Jump starting must only be done using the main battery in the trunk Practical hints Batteries Warning VAN Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injury or death Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 287 Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Practical hints Batteries Disconnecting the batter
61. display gt Press the reset button gt page 22 for about five seconds The SERVICE MENU appears in the multi function display gt page 134 gt Select the ITEMS menu with the or SE button gt Press the button Operation Maintenance The service indicator now displays the ITEMS menu ITEMS US SERVICE 4 US SERVICE 9 US SERVICE 12 US SERVICE 13 P54 32 2410 31 i The service items to be carried out are shown in this menu Please refer to the Service Booklet for a description of each service item Press button on the multifunction steering wheel until the standard display appears in the multifunction display Operation Vehicle care Y Vehicle care Cleaning and care of vehicle Warning VAN Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecked can at tack the paintwork as well as the undercarriage and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you sh
62. e cuts or punctures larger than approxi mately 0 16 in 4 mm e ona flat tire or a damaged wheel e tire damage caused by driving with ex tremely low tire pressure P40 10 2929 31 Do not drive the vehicle under such circum TIREFIT container stances Flap Contact your nearest Mercedes Benz Notch Tire valve Center for assistance or call Roadside Assis Electrical plug Electric air pump switch tance Air hose Air hose with pressure gauge and vent Flange screw gt Take the TIREFIT kit out of the trunk gt Open flap on the electric air pump Filler hose gt page 350 gt pag gt Pull plug and air hose out of the gt Foreign objects e g screws or nails pump housing Warning A should not be removed from the tire o l o gt Screw the air pump s air hose onto Observe safety instructions on air pump la gt Attach the sticker where it will be easily flange of the TIREFIT container bell seen by the driver on the instrument cluster 367 Practical hints Flat tire or i If sealant has leaked out let it dry You can then peel it off Unscrew the valve cap from tire valve 7 Screw filler hose onto tire valve 7 Insert electrical plug into vehicle cigarette lighter socket Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 1 gt page 31 Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 33 on the selector le ver once Do
63. exterior sto only switch from position to with lamp switch to position and pull P the vehicle at a standstill Switching from the exterior lamp switch to first or sec The yellow indicator lamp in the to will briefly switch off the head ond stop gt page 119 lamp switch comes on lamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an acci Switching on front fog lamps dent gt Make sure the low beam headlamps are switched on 0 Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam head lamps on Fog lamps should only be The green indicator lamp in the used in conjunction with low beam lamp switch comes on headlamps Consult your State or Prov ince Motor Vehicle Regulations regard ing allowable lamp operation gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop Combination switch The combination switch is located on the left side of the steering column High beam High beam flasher Switching on high beams gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position gt page 119 Controls in detail Lighting gt Push the combination switch in direction Q The high beam indicator EDJ on the instrument cluster is illuminated gt page 22 High beam flasher gt Pull the combination switch briefly in direction Hazard warning flasher switch Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be activat ed with the ignition switched on or off It
64. flashes press the hand held transmitter button and the desired integrated signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until completing step 5 The indicator lamp on the integrat ed remote control will flash first slowly and then rapidly rapidly release both buttons Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained inte grated signal transmitter button and observe the indicator lamp If the indicator lamp stays on con stantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the integrated signal transmitter button is pressed and released step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other roll ing code devices with the rolling code fea ture follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the train ing button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is dif ficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener opera tor s manual Step 9 gt Press training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activa
65. hard surface Turn on the hazard warning flashers Engage the steering wheel lock in the straight ahead position and set the parking brake Move the selector lever to P Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Sealing tires with TIREFIT E 55 AMG Warning A Keep TIREFIT away from sparks open flame or heat source Do not smoke Small tire punctures only those in the tread can be sealed with TIREFIT Warning A TIREFIT can be used in ambient tempera tures down to 4 F 20 C Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with Warning VAN plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Take care not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swal Keep away from open flame or heat source lowed or absorbed through the skin It caus es skin eye and respiratory irritation Consult a physician immediately Any contact with eyes or skin should be flushed immediately with plenty of water If clothing comes in contact with TIREFIT change clothing as soon as possible In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately Practical hints Flat tire Preparing TIREFIT gt Stick TIREFIT container Q upside down into notch of the electric air pump Warning A TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for
66. here If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will provide you with further information The corresponding page refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment Vv Unlocking Unlocking with the SmartKey P80 35 2086 31 SmartKey Lock button Unlock button for trunk lid Unlock button Panic button gt page 73 gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The SBC brake system is activated gt Getin the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 88 Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions Warning A a 7 If the SmartKey cannot be turned the When leaving the vehicle always take the battery may not be sufficiently SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may charged gt Check the battery and charge it if necessary gt page 287 gt Get a jump start gt page 378 cause an accident and or serious personal injury To prevent accelerated battery dis charge or a completely discharged bat tery always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation
67. in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Windshield and headlamp washer system Both the windshield and headlamp washer systems are supplied from the windshield washer fluid reservoir The washer fluid reservoir has a capacity of approximately e 7 4 US qt 7 I in vehicles with a head lamp cleaning system or heated reser voir e 4 8 US qt 4 5 I in vehicles without a headlamp cleaning system gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on am bient temperatures Warning A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam mable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts be cause it may ignite and burn You can be se riously burned Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to
68. ing easy entry exit ic seat driver USA only feature Select speedometer dis Set time hours Set locator lighting Set SmartKey de Set level for dynam play mode pendency ic seat passenger Select language Set time minutes Ambient lighting Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Select display speed dis Set date month Exterior lamps de play or outside tempera layed shut off ture for status line Select display speed dis Set date day Interior lighting de play or outside tempera layed shut off ture for basic display Tire pressure unit dis Set date year play Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instr clus ter submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available Function Page Select temperature display 141 mode Select speedometer display 141 mode Select language 142 Select display speed display or 142 outside temperature for status display Select display speed display or 143 outside temperature for basic display Tire pressure display 143 Selecting temperature display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or ESM button tothe Instr cluster submenu Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Temp indicator The selection marker is on the current setting Temp indicator C 72 F s 149 8 MI Controls i
69. is activated and the vehicle is un locked by SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting switches off when the driver s door is opened It switches off au tomatically after a period of approximately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Light ing submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Function Surround lighting The selection marker is on the current setting Function L Surround lighting Da off on 72 F 149 8 MI gt Press or EBM to select the de sired setting The locator lighting will be switched on or off Ambient light level Using this function you can adjust the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Move the selection marker with the or EES button to the Lighting submenu gt Press button EAN or Red repeatedly until you see the message Ambient light Level in the display The selection marker is on the current setting Controls in detail Control system Ambient light Omo of 72 F d 149 8 MI Press or E to select the brightness of the lighting 1 represents the darkest setting and 5 represents the brightest setting The ambient light is switched off below setting 1 or above setting 5 The selec tion marker points to off 147 Controls in detail Control system Setting night security illumina
70. is on atest stand Information on towing the vehicle can be found in the Practical hints section page 381 You can deactivate the automatic locking mode over the control system page 149 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from inside using the central locking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or un locked with the central locking switch A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning The switch is located in the center console Central locking switch Locking Unlocking Locking gt Press upper half of the central lock ing switch If both front doors are closed the vehi cle locks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking gt Press lower half of the central lock ing switch The vehicle unlocks i You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously centrally locked using the SmartKey it will not unlock using the central locking switch If the vehicle was p
71. is switched on gt page 152 Switch on ignition if not already on Press button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Place the gear selector lever in reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button Passenger side exterior rear view mirror button The exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e ten seconds after you put the gear se lector lever out of position R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button Q for driver s side mirror Controls in detail Good visibility Windshield wipers Information on the windshield wipers is found in the Getting started section gt page 48 i Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened A rain sensor automatically controls the windshield wipers depending on how wet the windshield is gt Switch on ignition gt Set the wiper switch to position l gt page 48 After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by the rain sensor Controls in detail Good visibility Do not leave windshield wipers in inter mittent setting when the vehicle is tak en to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning W
72. moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenu ous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bub bles in the system thus reducing the sys tem s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be re placed every two years preferably in the spring Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will pro vide you with additional information Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two per sons and no luggage e Donot exceed 2 3 of maximum ac celerator pedal position if the vehi cle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Use only premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM standard D 439 e The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R Octane Num ber and the Motor M Octane Number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Un
73. not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning VAN The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the fallow ing warning note Distronic displays in the speedometer dial The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red DTR warning lamp goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle ahead is again estab Aa lished amp Segments If Distronic detects a vehicle directly Set speed ahead the segments from the speed of the If Distronic is activated one or two seg Vehicle
74. of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose your SmartKey with KEY LESS GO you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss immediately to your car insurance company gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Locking knob Inside door handle gt Pull on door handle If door was locked locking knob Q will move up i If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside with the SmartKey opening a door from the in side will trigger the anti theft alarm sys tem To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing With the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press the or button on the SmartKey With KEYLESS GO e Grasp the outside door handle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk Opening the trunk from the outside A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid The handle is located above the rear li cense plate recess P80 20 2
75. one or more of the following oc curs 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calender days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Service Booklet describes all the nec essary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each ser vice in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdo
76. operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the TEL menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the Tel menu in the display Which messages will appear in the display field depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is PHONE OFF This standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can op erate it using the control system Controls in detail Control system If the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the display is empty As soon as the telephone has found a network READY appears in the display i Hah Controls in detail Control system Answering a call Ending a call gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly When your telephone is ready to receive gt Press button N ia Seerp Mame SPREA calls you can answer a call at any time In You have ended the call In the display the display
77. or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads Remove the wheel Mounting the Minispare wheel gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub Guide the spare wheel onto the align ment bolt and push it on Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while in stalling first wheel bolt AN Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Warning Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be re paired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts Practical hints Flat tire A Warning Use only genuine equipment Mercedes Benz wheel bolts They are identi fied by the Mercedes star Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the ve hicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could tip over P40 10 2694 31 gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last wheel bolt and tighten slightly 373 Practical hints Flat tire Warning A The dimensions of the Minispare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics chan
78. or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion More information on seats can be found in the Controls in detail section page 108 Steering wheel Warning A Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver s door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel adjustment Adjusting steering column in or out The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is Move stalk forward or back in the direc located on the steering column lower left tion of arrow Q until a comfortable steering wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow aa Adjusting steering column up or down _ gt Move stalk up or down in the direction Al of arrow lt a Make sure your legs can move freely and that all the displays incl malfunc er 6208531 tion and indicator lamps on the instru Adjusting steering column in or out ment cluster are clearly visible Adjusting steering column u
79. page 153 Activating gt Press button Deactivating gt Press button again The indicator lamp in the button comes on for five seconds and the fallowing Ae Ineicatae temp inti DURON OEE display appears in the multi function out display for about five seconds When the engine is turned off the last A cushion setting is retained in memory Driving dynamics The cushion is automatically adjusted Backrest center seat adjustment to this setting when the engine is re Backrest bottom lon started Seat cushion depth Activate drive dynamic function Backrest side bolsters Massage function Massage function PULSE The massage function can help prevent muscle tension during long drives gt Press button The indicator lamp in button 2 comes on The air cushions in the lumbar area pulsate i The massage function turns off auto matically after approximately five min utes Heated seats Both switches for the front seats are locat ed in the center console The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected Level off No indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on 2 Two indicator lamps on The seat heater automatically switches to level 1 after approxi mately ten minutes 3 Three indicator lamps on The seat heater automatically switches to level 2 after approxi mately five minutes Controls in detail Seats
80. posi tion only They could otherwise dam age the hood gt Turn on the wipers and place it in a ver tical position For information on placing the wipers in a vertical position see Replacing wiper blades gt page 364 A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield otherwise the wiper motor might suddenly turn on and cause in jury Warning Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Light alloy wheels Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week with Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care us ing a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water Follow the instructions on the container i Use only acid free cleaning materials Acid could lead to corrosion Instrument cluster Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in a lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Steering wheel and gear selector lever Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughl
81. position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system For information on vehicles with 4MATIC see Four wheel electronic traction system 4MATIC with the ESP gt page 82 More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 311 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP AN Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers To improve the vehicle s traction turn off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e starting out on slippery surfaces and in deep snow in conjunction with snow chains e insand or gravel Turn on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore i DISTRONIC cannot be activated when the ESP has been deactivated The switch is located on the center con sole ESP off on switch gt Press ESP switch until the ABS ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster comes on The ESP is deactivated If one or mo
82. possible Brake overheated The brake system is overheated duetoan Relieve the load on the brake system Drive carefully excessive load on the brakes gt Drive more smoothly and think ahead to avoid unnecessary braking gt When driving down slopes shift into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power gt page 159 gt Cautiously continue driving so that the air stream will cool down the brakes Release You are driving with the parking brake gt Release the parking brake park brake set gt page 45 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Except Canada Brake fluid Visit workshop Canada only 0 Warning VAN Driving while these messages are displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately If there is a malfunction in the SBC brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Possible cause There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page
83. reinstalling it gt D Controls in detail Useful features Left cup holder Right cup holder Warning AS When not in use keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during vehicle maneu vers Storage space under armrest Storage compartment Storage tray Opening storage tray gt Pull handle Opening storage compartment gt Pull handle Front center console storage compart ment ventilation The front center console storage compart ment under the armrest has its own air vent The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air vents The lever is located in the front center vent Controls in detail Useful features gt To open air vent slide the lever up Storage compartment in the rear cen Ruffled storage bags ter console a gt To close air vent slide the lever down The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects e g groceries in the compartment close the air vent while heating the passenger compart ment 3 Ruffled storage bags are located on the gt Briefly press the top of the compart back of the front seats ment It extends automatically Warning A The ruffled storage bag is intended
84. remove the SmartKey i You cannot disarm the tow away alarm when the ignition is switched on gt Press button Q The indicator lamp in the button comes on briefly gt Exit and lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or vehicles with KEY LESS GO the lock button at each door handle The tow away alarm remains disarmed un til you lock your vehicle again Canceling tow away alarm To cancel the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp the outside door handle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting trument cluster ontrol system jate control ontrol dows roof aa oe oe aves Me Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed on your vehi cle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment Y Locking and unlocking SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each
85. removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in position P gt page 357 Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move gear selector lever to N only if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Controls in detail Automatic transmission Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not intended to or capable of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 51 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in ar
86. repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Function Easy entry feature The selection marker is on the current setting Controls in detail Control system A 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2089 31 gt Press or E to change the easy entry exit setting The following settings are available for the easy entry exit feature off Steering col Steering col seat The easy entry exit feature is deactivat ed Only the steering column is moved Both the steering column and the seat are moved Controls in detail Control system Setting SmartKey dependency Use this function to set whether the mem ory settings for the seats the steering wheel the mirrors and other settings of the control system should be stored sepa rately for each SmartKey gt page 88 gt Move the selection marker with the or ES button to the Convenience submenu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Key dependent The selection marker is on the current setting Key dependent off on 72 F 149 8 MI J P54 32 2090 31 gt Press or E to set Smart Key dependency to on or off Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror Use the Mirror adjustment parking aid function to select whether the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror should be turned downward during parking maneu vers when reverse gear R is engaged
87. result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle Observe the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump start ing with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Use only jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when the engine is started or running Jump starting may only be performed on the main battery installed in the trunk Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at tempts Do not attempt to start the engine us ing a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part
88. section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you I Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle a ENE Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter EEE SSS aaa Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section E Indexes The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are de signed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operators Manual e the Service Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Introduction Symbols Y Symbols The following symbols are found in this gt This symbol points to instructions for Operator s Manual Warning A you to follow Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard gt A number of these symbols appearing Warning notices draw your attention to haz AA i in succession indicates a multiple step ards that may endanger your health or life equipment varies between models ehea orie o others procedure me deseripiions and ilus
89. size On vehicles with the same wheel size all around wheels can be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the de gree of tire wear The same direction of tire rotation must be retained Rotate the wheels before the characteris tic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front wheels and tread center wear on rear wheels Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels after each rotation Check and en sure proper tire inflation pressure Operation Tires and wheels H If your vehicle is equipped with a tire in Warning ZN flation pressure monitor there are E ee ee Ee ee electronic components built into the wheel Do not use mounting tools in the area of the valve as they could damage the Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm electronic components Use only genuine Mercedes Benz wheel To prevent damage or incorrect instal bolts specified for your vehicle s rims lation have the tires changed at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 350 and gt page 366 YV Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehi cle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service in cludes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addi
90. sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats The memory function gt page 116 lets you store the setting for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear Head restraint height view mirrors Seat height Seat cushion tilt Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest tilt P91 10 2601 31 Getting started Adjusting Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow 8 until your upper legs are lightly supported Backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow 2 Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Head restraint tilt Manually adjust the angle of the head re straint gt Push
91. the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Passenger compartment Warning VAN Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry ob jects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio trans mitter COMAND radio and telephone Warning VAN Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System radio or tele phone if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 44 feet approximately 13 5 m every sec ond Observe all legal requirements Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so cou
92. the action by pressing the reset button a second time Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button RA or Ba In the display you see the collection of the submenus TimeDate Lighting 72 F i 149 8 MI gt Press button EEJ The selection marker moves to the next submenu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy Scroll down with the JJ button scroll up with the button Move within the submenus with the Ryd or EAN button to the individual functions The settings themselves are made with button or Controls in detail Control system Resetting the functions of a submenu For each submenu you can reset all the functions to the factory settings gt Move to a function in the submenu gt Press the reset button gt page 22 in the instrument cluster for approximate ly three seconds In the display you will see the request to press the reset button again to con firm gt Press the reset button again All functions of the submenu will reset to factory settings Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus De tailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TIME DATE LIGHTING VEHICLE CONVENIENCE DYNAMIC SEAT Select temperature dis Synchronizing the Setdaytime running Set automatic lock Activate Set level for dynam play mode time lamp mode
93. the display 313 Starting 43 Starting with KEYLESS GO 44 Starting with the SmartKey 44 Turning off with the key 53 Engine compartment Hood 281 Engine malfunction indicator lamp 313 Engine number 412 Engine oil Adding 284 Additives 403 Checking level 282 Consumption 282 Display messages 333 Fillerneck 285 Messages in display 283 Viscosity 412 Entry position Messages in the display 347 ESP 76 412 Four wheel electronic traction system with ESP 82 Switching off 78 Switching on 79 Synchronizing 323 Warning lamp 311 ETD 412 Safety guidelines 60 Exterior lamp switch 119 Exterior rear view mirrors Adjusting 38 Parking position for 152 F Fahrenheit Setting temperature units 141 Fastening the seat belts 40 Fine adjustment Cruise control 213 First aid kit 350 Flat tire 366 Mounting the spare wheel 370 Spare wheel 370 Flexible 297 Flexible Service System FSS 297 412 Fog lamp rear 122 Fog lamps front 122 Messages in display 337 Replacing bulbs 359 Switching on 122 Following distance in Distronic 221 Four wheel electronic traction system AMATIC with ESP 82 4MATIC 82 Front airbags 61 Frontlamps 359 Messages in display 338 Replacing bulbs 361 Switching on 119 Front seat head restraints Power seat 109 removing and installing 109 Front seats Heater 113 FSS Flexible Service System 297 412 Fuel 279 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 315 Premium unleaded gasoline 279 Fuel consumption statistics After start 153
94. the multifunction display 72 F a 149 8 MI Distronic activated Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever found on the left hand side of the steering column Set current or higher speed Set current or lower speed Deactivate Distronic Resume at previously set speed Activating Distronic You can activate Distronic if you are driving between 25 mph 40 km h and 110 mph 180 km h the ESP is activated gt page 76 If Distronic has not been activated after pressing the cruise control lever you will see the message in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate Distronic Up to two minutes after starting the en gine When you brake If you have set the parking brake If the gear selector lever is in position P R or N If the ESP is switched off Setting the current speed gt v Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift or depress the cruise control lever Distronic is activated and the current speed is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal fi If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator completely the following message will appear in the multifunc tion display Distronic override The distance to a slower moving vehicles in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determin
95. the power seats using the switch memory button if the seat backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move backrest to an upright position 117 Controls in detail Memory function gt Adjust the exterior rear view mirror with button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing position For easier parking you can adjust the pas senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R Press memory button M gt Within three seconds press bottom of adjustment button The parking position is stored if the mirror does not move For information on activating the parking position see Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 169 Q Passenger side exterior rear view mir i i ror If the mirror does move repeat the You can store a parking position for the Adjustment button above steps After the setting is stored passenger side exterior rear view mir Stop the vehicle you can move the mirror again ror for each SmartKey using the memo fe Ea 22 ry button gt Switch on ignition if not already on gt Press button Q The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected Controls in detail Lighting V Lighting For notes on how to switch on the head Exterior lamp switch
96. the sta tus line to degrees Fahrenheit F or miles i You will see the status indicator when you have called up a different display from the standard display Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for basic display gt Move the selection marker with the or E button tothe Instr cluster submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Basic display The selection marker is on the current setting Basic display U Speed i D Outside temp D 72 F A 149 8 MI gt Press or FJ to select the dis play permanently shown in the multi function display Tire pressure display Use this function to set the unit for the tire pressure display gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Instr cluster submenu Press button Aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Display unit Tire pressure v The selection marker is on the current setting Display unit Tire pressure n 2 amp Ee A 149 8 MI gt Press or E to select the de sired tire pressure unit Controls in detail Control system Time Date submenu Access the Time Date submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time Date sub menu to change the time and date display settings The following functions are avail able Function Page Synchronizing the time 144 Set time hours 144 Set time minu
97. the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h Controls in detail Control system gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Veni cle submenu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Automatic door lock The selection marker is on the current setting Automatic door lock D Off i72 F 149 8 MI y P54 32 2088 31 gt Press or E to switch Automat ic door lock onor off Limiting opening height of trunk lid Use this function to activate or deactivate the limiting opening height of trunk lid gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Vehi cle submenu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Opening limiter trunk lid The selection marker is on the current setting Opening limiter Trunk lid 5 D on off 72 F on 149 8 MI P54 32 2224 31 gt Press or E to switch Opening limiter Trunk lid On or Off Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience sub menu to change the settings for a number of convenience features The following functions are available Function Page Activate easy entry exit feature 150 152 152 Set SmartKey dependency Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti
98. the vehicle is in operation Practical hints Batteries 5 The following procedures must be car ried out following any interruption of battery power e g due to reconnec tion e Set the clock gt page 143 see COMAND operator s manual e Resynchronize the side windows gt page 200 e Resynchronize the sliding pop up roof gt page 204 or the panora ma sliding pop up roof gt page 209 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Practical hints Jump starting V Jump starting Warning A Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can
99. transmission selector lever 357 Opening closing in an emergency 358 Sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof sesse 358 Replacing bulbs ee eeeeeeseeeeeeees 359 BUDS oerien erena 359 Replacing bulbs for front lamps 361 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 363 Replacing wiper blades eeseee 364 Removing wiper blades 364 Installing wiper blades 0 365 Flat tiressi oirre 366 Preparing the vehicle 06 366 Sealing tires with TIREFIT E55 AMG iseis 366 Mounting the spare wheel 370 Batterie Samers ien eoon 375 Disconnecting the battery 376 Removing the battery 377 Charging and reinstalling the battery ccccessscccesssseeeeees 377 Reconnecting the battery 377 JUMP starting eseese 378 Towing the vehicle s es 381 Installing towing eye bolt 384 FUSES arianne i R A 385 Fuse box in passenger COMPALtMENL ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 385 Mixed size tires E 55 AMG only Minispare wheel Electrical system Main dimensions Ds Fuels coolants lubricants etc 400 Technical data Spare parts service Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive CaPaCitles ceiien 400 Engine SOUS 25 5 5 issseesses ere oveneu cevevness 403 Engine oil additives 403 Air conditioning refrigerant 403 Brake fluid
100. undesired detona tion knocking The average of both the gt MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX SBC Sensotronic Brake Control Electronically controlled hydraulic braking system for increased braking safety and comfort Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the transmission selector le ver from being moved out of position P without SmartKey turned and brake pedal depressed SRS Supplemental Restraint System Seat belts emergency tensioning de vice and airbags Though independent systems they are closely interfaced to provide effective occupant protection Tele Aid System Telematic Alarm Identification on De mand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergency roadside assistance and information Tele Aid is initially ac tivated by completing a subscriber agreement and placing an acquain tance call The Tele Aid system is operational pro vided that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not dam aged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Telematics A combination of the terms telecom munications and informatics Tightening torque Force times lever arm e g a lug wrench with which threaded fasteners such as wheel bolts are tightened Technical terms Tire speed rating Part of a tire designation indicates the speed range fo
101. up roof with the SmartKey The power windows gt page 197 will also be opened or closed when the panorama sliding pop up roof is operated with the SmartKey AN Never operate the windows or panorama sliding pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure Warning In case the procedure causes potential dan ger the procedure can be immediately halt ed by releasing the remote control button To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing gt Aim transmitter eye at the driver s door handle Opening Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously e opening the sliding pop up roof e opening the side windows e switching on the seat ventilation If roller sunblinds are closed gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows and roller sunblinds begin to open after approximately one second gt Press and hold button again The panorama sliding pop up roof tilts and opens If roller sunblinds are already open gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows move down and the pan orama sliding pop up roof tilts and opens after approximately one second gt Release transmit button to stop proce dure Closing Convenience feature gt Press and hold button after lock ing the vehicle The windows a
102. vehicle is unlocked by SmartKey when the driver or passenger door is opened when the starter switch is turned to position 1 when the brake pedal is de pressed or when the parking brake is re leased Failure to deactivate the system prior to maintenance will cause brake pis tons to extend and brake fluid to leak which may result in injuries contusions and acid burns Extended brake pistons may also cause injury The SBC brake servo assistance switches off automatically approximately two minutes after you turned the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or removed the SmartKey approximately two minutes after you pressed the KEYLESS GO start stop button to turn off the engine or power supply and opened the driver s door with driver s door open the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch approximately 20 seconds after you locked the vehicle from outside Note on driving with the SBC Following extended periods of only mi nor loads to your brake system you should occasionally apply the brakes when traveling at high speeds This im proves the grip of the brake pads Safety and Security Driving safety systems Warning VAN Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes After driving on wet or snow covered roads you should apply your brakes firmly before parking your vehicle This produces heat which serves to dry the brak
103. warning lamp flashes for a brief period after starting the engine Possible cause You are too close to the vehicle in front of you to maintain selected speed e You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you e The distance warning system has recog nized a stationary obstacle on your prob able line of travel The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark The warning lamp reminds you to fasten seat belts Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt gt Apply the brakes immediately to in crease the following distance Apply the brakes immediately Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Refuel at the next gas station gt page 278 Fasten your seat belt Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution SRS The red SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the near comes on while driving tems The airbags or emergency tensioning est authorized Mercedes Benz Cen devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or ter fail to activate in an accident Warning A In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be
104. will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Warning A To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Make sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Opening The radiator fan may continue to run for ap proximately 30 seconds or even restart af ter the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades a H P88 40 2366 31 C Hood release Handle for opening the hood Operation Engine compartment Warning A If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department A The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system Warning e with the engine running e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is turned manually Closing A Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Warning gt Let the hood drop from a height of ap proximately 1 ft 30
105. 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters solvent Technical data Consumer information Y Consumer information The following text is published as required of all manufacturers of passenger cars un der Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regula tions Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Tread wear Traction 200 AA A Temperature All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades 408 Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 112 times as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades rep resent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asp
106. 13 Seat ventilation 114 SmartKey Turning off the engine 53 Tow away alarm 85 Deceleration With Distronic 217 Defogging Windshield 179 189 Defrosting 179 190 Delayed switch off Interior lighting 149 Dialing A number telephone 156 Difficulties While driving see Problems while driving 50 With starting 45 Digital speedometer 134 Direction of rotation 290 Discharged battery Jump starting 378 Disconnecting Vehicle battery 376 Display Selecting Displays Digital speedometer 134 Distronic 216 Messages 283 Selecting 142 Service indicator 297 Showing malfunctions 137 Distance Decreasing in Distronic 222 Increasing in Distronic 222 Warning function 222 Distance to empty range Calling up 153 Distance warning function 222 Activating 223 Deactivating 223 DTR warning lamp 222 Intermittent warning sound 222 Symbol in multifunction display 136 142 143 Distronic 214 412 Activated 218 Activating 219 Calling up settings 136 217 Cleaning system sensor 305 Cruise control lever 218 Deactivated 218 Deactivating 221 Deceleration 217 Decreasing distance 222 Displays in the speedometer dial 216 Distance warning function 222 Driving hints 223 Increasing distance 222 Intermittent signal tone 216 Menu 217 Messages in display 320 Sensor cover 305 Setting a higher speed 219 Setting a slower speed 220 Setting the current speed 219 Setting the following distance in Distronic 221 Warni
107. 3 Fuel filler flap 278 Global 89 Global with KEYLESS GO 94 Selective settings 89 94 Trunk in an emergency 354 Trunk lid with KEYLESS GO 95 Trunk lid with SmartKey 90 Vehicle in an emergency 257 With KEYLESS GO 32 With the SmartKey 30 Upgrade signals Tele Aid 256 Uphill driving Cruise control 212 Upshifting 159 Useful features 242 Ashtrays 246 Cigarette lighter 247 Garage door opener 258 Heated steering wheel 248 Tele Aid 250 Telephone 249 V Vehicle Individual settings 138 140 Locking in an emergency 354 Lowering 374 Towing 381 Unlocking in an emergency 353 Vehicle care Cup holder 307 Distronic system sensor cover 305 Engine cleaning 304 Gear selector lever 307 Hard plastic trim items 307 Leather upholstery 308 Light alloy wheels 307 Ornamental moldings 304 Paintwork 303 Parktronic system sensor 305 Plastic and rubber parts 308 Power washer 303 Seat belts 307 Steering wheel 307 Tar stains 303 Vehicle washing 304 Window cleaning 306 Wood trims 308 Vehicle level Changing 228 Setting 228 Automatic 228 Manual 228 Vehicle level control system Airmatic DC 226 Vehicle tool kit 352 Alignment bolt 352 Fuse extractor 352 Hex socket wrench 352 Open end wrench 352 Screwdriver 352 Spare fuses 352 Towing eye bolt 352 Universal pliers 352 Vehicle jack 350 Wheel wrench 352 Vehicle washing 304 Vehicle with TIREFIT kit E55 AMG 350 VIN Vehicle Identification Number 415 Voice control system 415
108. 381 If the SBC brake system enters its emergen cy operation mode the driver must apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further than normal to obtain braking effect If neces sary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased Low brake fluid in the reservoir may cause the braking system to fail Possible solution gt Risk of accident Stop the vehicle and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned i If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Service Booklet Display symbol Display messages ee Visit workshop Coolant Check level Warning VAN Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned Possible cause There may be a malfunction in the e fuel injection system
109. 5 AMG The tachometer of the E 55 AMG does not have a red marking denoting excessive en gine speed To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated at an excessive engine speed Outside temperature indicator Warning VAN The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 22 For in formation on how to select the unit of the displayed temperature i e degrees Cel sius C or degrees Fahrenheit F see Selecting temperature display mode gt page 141 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by com parison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This prevents inacc
110. 525 31 gt Pull on the handle The trunk opens Controls in detail Locking and unlocking T Opening the trunk from the inside gt Pull remote trunk lid release switch Q The trunk lid swings open upwards au You can open the trunk from the inside if uitil thedrunk begins to pe tomatically Always make sure there is the vehicle is stationary The trunk lid opens The indicator lamp sufficient overhead clearance in the switch comes on and remains lit A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid until the trunk is closed H The switch is located on the driver s door If the trunk lid does not open it is still locked separately if applicable gt page 105 or the vehicle is locked centrally gt page 88 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If the ve hicle was previously centrally locked the trunk lid will lock automatically when closed gt page 91 The turn sig nals will flash three times to confirm The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance i If the trunk lid does not open it is still locked separately if applicable gt page 105 locking If the vehicle was previously centrally Remote trunk lid release switch with in locked the trunk lid will lock automati The trunk can also be opened using the dicator lamp cally when closed gt page 99 The SmartKey gt page 90 or from its inside i
111. 55 AMG The nubuck leather upholstery is treated with a protective coating Wipe nubuck leather upholstery with damp microfiber cloth to remove dust and other light stains Carefully dab nubuck leather upholstery with a microfiber cloth to remove oil stains Do not use Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care or any solvents to clean nubuck leather upholstery Avoid hard scrubbing on nubuck leath er upholstery MB Tex upholstery Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Plastic and rubber parts Do not use oil or wax on these parts Wood trims Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints peme Whatto do if Where will I find Unlocking locking in an emergency Opening closing in an emergency Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Batteries _ Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Y What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS malfunction warning lamp comes on while driving General information turning the SmartKey in the starter switch If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to to position 2 have it checked and replaced come on during the bulb self check when if necessary Possibl
112. 8 US qt 4 5 l e Vehicles with headlamp cleaning sys tem approximately 7 4 US qt 7 I 288 During all seasons add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S to water Premix the windshield washer fluid in a suitable container gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or commercially available premixed wind shield washer solvent antifreeze de pending on ambient temperatures Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could re sult in damage to the washer sys tem reservoir Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer flu id can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps The windshield washer system on this vehicle is heated so a fluid mixture pro duced to resist freezing at tempera tures of approximately 14 F 10 C should be sufficient A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam mable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Warning More information can be found in the Technical data section gt page 407 Y Tires and wheels See your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter for information on tested and recom mended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer ad vice concerning tire service and purchase Warning VAN Replace rims or tires
113. 9 Replacing the bulbs 362 Switching on 119 Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors 169 Parktronic Malfunctioning 232 Sensor 305 118 152 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 317 Passenger compartment Fuse box 385 Interior lighting 124 Interior rear view mirror 38 Passenger safety see Occupant safety 56 Pedals 267 Phone book Loading 156 Quick search 156 Phone number Dialing 156 Redialing 157 Plastic and rubber parts Cleaning 308 Pliers universal vehicle tool kit 352 Poly V belt drive 414 Positions Memory function Recalling from memory 117 Positions Memory function Storing into memory 117 Power assistance 268 Power seat Adjusting backrest til Adjusting seat cushion tilt Adjusting seat height t 36 Adjusting head restraint height 36 Adjusting head restraint tilt 36 Memory function 116 Removing installing head restraints 109 Seat fore and aft adjustment Powertrain 414 Power washer 303 Power windows 197 36 36 35 Blocking of rear window operation Side windows 197 Synchronizing 200 Pracitcal hints First aid kit 350 Practical hints Jump starting 378 Lamp in center console Lamps in instrument cluster Messages in the display 318 Spare wheel 350 TIREFIT E 55 AMG 350 317 310 72 Vehicle tool kit Problems While driving With vehicle 352 50 17 Product information 9 Program mode selector switch 414 Automatic transmission PULSE function Mass
114. Air volume control for left rear cen ter air vent Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air distribution left Defrosting Display 000000 Rear window defroster Item Temperature rocker switch left Temperature rocker switch right O 0 Item Air distribution right Air distribution and air volume right automatic manual Activated charcoal filter Rear air conditioning remote con trol Increase air volume Item Automatic climate control on off Decrease air volume AC cooling on off ACOFF Residual heat ventilation REST Air recirculation Air distribution and air volume left automatic manual Warning A When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents in the footwell can be very hot or very cold de pending on the set temperature This may cause burn or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Al ways keep sufficient distance between un protected parts of the body and the footwell air vents If necessary change the air flow using the air distribution controls page 186 to direct the air away from the footwell air vents The automatic climate control is a 4 zone intelligent climate control system Your ve hicle interior is divided into 4 zones P83 00 2088 31 Controls in detail Automatic climate control With the hel
115. Center i How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribu tion control setting Controls in detail Climate control Deactivating gt Press button DB gt page 176 The indicator lamp on button goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after about 30 minutes e ifthe battery voltage drops Controls in detail Automatic climate control Y Automatic climate control D 2 s ir j 000 ore Item Automatic climate control panel Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Left center air vent adjustable Air vent fixed Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adding cold air Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vent Side defroster vent fixed Side air vent adjustable e Item Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vent Side air vent adjustable Controls in detail Automatic climate control OOOO Item Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjust able Air volume control for right rear center air vent Temperature rocker switch right Display Temperature rocker switch left
116. Climate control oLLUIOly 000 eye Item Climate control panel Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Left center air vent adjustable Center air vent fixed Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adding cold air Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vent Side defroster vent fixed Side air vent adjustable id For draft free ventilation move the sliders for the center vents and to the middle position Rear air vents Controls in detail Climate control Item Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjust able Thumbwheel for air volume control for right rear center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for left rear center air vent The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated gt page 244 175 Controls in detail Climate control JOGOO 176 Left side temperature control Windshield defroster Increase air volume Air distribution Rear window defroster Right side temperature control Item 0000 Residual heat ventilation AC cooling on off ACOFF Air distribution display Climate control on off Air volume display Decrease air volume Item 3 Air recirculation Air distribution and air volume automatic manual Item The
117. Closing side windows 200 203 Closing sliding pop up roof 200 203 Factory setting 94 Global locking 94 Global unlocking 94 Important notes 92 Locking the vehicle 96 Remote controls 91 Starting the engine 44 Turning off engine 53 Unlocking and opening trunk lid 95 Unlocking with 32 Kickdown 164 413 Kilometers miles in speedometer 141 Km h or mph in speedometer 141 L Lamp bulbs exterior 359 Lamps exterior Front 359 Light sensor 338 Messages in display 338 Replacing bulbs for rear 360 363 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 310 Airbag Off 61 Battery SmartKey Brakes 312 CHECK ENGINE 313 Coolant 314 DTR 216 Engine diagnostics 313 ESP 311 Fuel reserve 313 SBC 79 Seat belts 313 315 Service indicator 297 SRS 57 89 94 Language Multifunction display 142 Setting 142 LATCH child seat anchors 71 Door entry lamps 125 Exterior lamp switch 119 Front fog lamps 122 Locator lighting 121 Setting 147 Lock button 413 Door handle KEYLESS GO 54 High beams 123 Layout of poly V belt drive 391 Instrument cluster illumination 126 Leather upholstery Instruments 126 127 Cleaning 308 Interior 124 Level control system Locator lighting 121 Airmatic DC 226 Lowbeam 119 Lever Manual headlamp mode 120 For cruise control 218 Night security illumination 121 License plate lamps 360 Parking lamps 119 Messages in display 338 Rear fog lamp 122 Replacing bulbs 363 Settings control system 146 Light alloy wheels Tru
118. Combination switch gt Turn the switch to E Turn signal right More information can be found in the Turn signal left Controls in detail section gt page 119 Press the combination switch up or down 2 The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp Kell or EY flashes in the in strument cluster Getting started Driving To signal minor directional changes move combination switch to point of resistance only and release The turn signal flashes three times High beam gt Push the combination switch forward The high beam headlights are switched on The high beam symbol EJ in the tachometer comes on More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 123 Getting started Driving Windshield wipers Switching on windshield wipers gt Turn the combination switch to the de sired position depending on the inten sity of the rain O Windshield wipers off Intermittent wiping interval depen dent on wetness of windshield The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Il Normal wiper speed Fast wiper speed The intermittent wiping interval is de pendent on wetness of windshield Wiping will not occur with a door open Combination switch Single wipe Switching on windshield wipers gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lights in the instrument cluster come on Do not leave windshie
119. Distronic is activated Distronic and the set speed are seen in the display 72 F 4 143 8 MI Distronic activated Malfunction memory menu Use the malfunction memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the system What infor mation is shown in the display depends on whether malfunctions have actually oc curred A Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt page 318 Warning Controls in detail Control system gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the malfunction message memory in the display No malfunction messages If no malfunctions have occurred the mes sage in the display is No Malfunction Malfunctions have occurred If malfunctions have occurred you will see the number of malfunctions in the display 1 Malfunction 72 F a 149 8 MI 137 Controls in detail Control system gt Press button RA or Bag The stored messages will now be dis played i
120. E 320 E 320 4MATIC E 500 E 500 4MATIC E55 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure as well as your and your passengers safe ty we ask you to make a small investment of time Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to assist you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction cccccccccccccceeeceesseseees 9 Product information cccccccceeeseeeeee 9 Operator s Manual ccccesseeeeeees 10 Service and warranty information 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance ccee
121. EYLESS GO start stop button gt page 33 on the selector le ver twice Do not depress brake pedal Detach the electric air pump The air hose may still be hot Please ex ercise appropriate caution Store the electrical plug and the air hose behind the flap and place the air pump back in the trunk Close the trunk lid Drive away immediately The TIREFIT sealant will distribute itself evenly inside the tire A Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds Warning The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt After driving vehicle for an initial 10 minutes check tire pressure using the pressure gauge on the air pump Practical hints Flat tire A Warning If tire pressure has fallen below 20 psi 1 3 bar do not continue to drive the vehicle Park your vehicle safely away from the road way and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assis tance If tire pressure is at least 20 psi 1 3 bar in flate tire to correct pressure see label on fuel filler flap and drive vehicle to nearest tire repair facility to have tire repaired or re placed Recommended maximum duration of use 300 miles 500 km at 50 mph 80 km h with the recommended tire pressure gt D
122. GO must be located in the vehicle e All the doors must be closed e The brake pedal must be firmly de pressed Do not depress the accel erator If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can only turn it off again with this but ton even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the selector lever is still in position P and then the SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO function and the vehicle s electrical system will operate according to the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch even stopping the engine If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle and can no longer be recognized by the system the vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is re moved from the vehicle while the igni tion is switched on e g if passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey the message Key not recognized will appear in the multifunction display Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle If you leave the Smart
123. HIVING ss ssnscsecccssevnstorstcorcecontees 295 Winter tires cecsecccceesessteeeeeeees 295 Block heater Canada only 296 SNOW Ch iNS cccccesssseeceeesseeees 296 Maintenance eeceseccceeesssteeceeeeseees 297 Flexible Service System PLUS FSS PLUS reiini 297 Clearing the service indicator 298 Service term exceeded 0 298 Calling up the service indicator 298 Resetting the service indicator 298 Setting the date for special WOPKS ies susscasdesstsiasdadthecteutviaeicveceanes 300 Calling up the service data information eeeeececeeseteeeeeeseees 301 Vehicle CALC eeeescceesesteceeesesteeeeees 302 Cleaning and care of vehicle 302 Practical hints 0 0 0 0 eee eeeteee 309 What todo If sccesscvecsieesesseterneavedesveay 310 Lamps in instrument cluster 310 Lamp in center console 317 Messages in the display 318 Where will find aeee 350 FirSt ald Kitse resson 350 Vehicles with TIREFIT kit E55 AMG aicise 350 Spare wheel eeeeecesceeeeseeeeeee 350 L ggage DOK ssses ctescesesssdbsracevevensees 351 Vehicle tool Kit eee eeeseeeeeeees 352 Unlocking locking in an emergency 353 Unlocking the vehicle 0 0 353 Locking the vehicle 354 Changing batteries in the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYEESS GO cc ctssetcevavacvssraueaia 355 Fuel filler flap emergency release 357 Manually unlocking the
124. Key with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message Key recognized in vehicle will appear in the multifunction display Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Factory setting e Use the mechanical key to unlock gt Press and hold buttons and the doors gt page 353 simultaneously for about five seconds Global unlockin til bat heck flash s e Have the vehicle batteries and their te tery check lamp flashes gt Grasp the door handle connections checked The vehicle will lock again automatically e Use the mechanical key to lock the THe Siar hKey wie KENES SN then function as follows within approximately 40 seconds if neither doors gt page 353 and the trunk door nor trunk is opened lid if applicable gt page 105 Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler F Dae flap If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con Global lockin 4 s tact an authorized Mercedes Benz gt Press button once gt Press lock button at door handle Center lobal unlock gt page 54 or trunk lid gt page 96 ERE T Selective setting gt Press button twice If you can no longer lock or unlock the f YOu frequently travel alone you may wish Global locking vehicle with the SmartKey then the to reprogram the SmartKey with KEY gt Press button EPN batteries in the SmartKey are dis LESS GO so when you grasp the driver s charged the SmartKey is malfunction door handle only the drivers door andthe Restoring to factor
125. Limited Warranty Operation Driving instructions Warning A e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Operation At the gas station V At the gas station Warning A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious inju ry Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO automatically locks un locks the fuel filler flap gt Turn the engine off by turning the SmartKey to position 0 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Open the driv er s door with the driver s door open starter switch is now in position 0 same as SmartKey re moved from starter switch Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point in
126. Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap back on filler neck More information on engine oil can be found in the Technical data section gt page 400 and gt page 403 Q Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Operation Engine compartment Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze To check the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine must be cool The coolant expansion tank is located on the driver s side of the engine compart ment Operation Engine compartment The coolant level is correct if the level Warning A In order to avoid any possibly serious burns e for cold coolant reaches the black top part of the reservoir e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher e Use extreme caution when opening
127. P You have turned off the engine with Place the gear selector lever in position P the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton and opened the driver s door P N onire to N or P You have attempted to start the en Place the gear selector lever in position P or gine with the KEYLESS GO N start stop button while the gear se lector lever was in position R or D Practical hints What to do if Symbol messages Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Undervoltage The battery has insufficient voltage gt Turn off unnecessary electrical con Switch off sumers consumers Visit workshop The battery was charged with a battery Have the battery checked at a service charger or jump started station The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately and check the Possible causes poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning If it is broken e broken poly belt gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an in operative water pump which may re sult in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not forget that the brake system re quires electrical energy and may be oper ating with restricted capability Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is in If it is intact creasti gt Drive immediately to the nearest au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Ad just driving to be consistent with reduced braking re
128. Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position 0 for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock re move SmartKey from starter switch and re insert Warning VAN The brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adapt your driving style according ly For more information refer to SBC brake system gt page 79 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the steering system In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is nec essary to steer the vehicle Adapt your driv ing accordingly i To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combina tion switch for the left or right turn sig nal in the usual manner onl
129. Residual heat utilization 182 194 Residual ventilation 182 194 REST Residual engine heat utilization 194 Restraint system see Infant and child re straint systems 65 Rims and Tires 394 Roadside Assistance Tele Aid 250 Roadside assistance 12 Rolling code programming 261 RON Research Octane Number 279 414 Roof rack 233 Rotating wheels 293 Rubber parts Cleaning 308 298 300 S Safety Occupant 56 Safety belts see Seat belts 40 Safety defects Reporting 18 Safety systems Driving 74 Saving current speed 212 SBC 79 SBC brake system 415 Activation 80 Deactivation 81 Driving hints 81 Messages in display 326 327 Self check 81 Warning lamp 79 Sealing tires with TIREFIT 366 Seat belt force limiter 64 Seat belts 62 Cleaning 307 Fastening 40 Proper use of 42 63 Safety guidelines 60 Warning lamp 315 Seat cushion depth Adjusting 111 Seat heater Switching off 113 Switching on 113 Seat ventilation Switching off 114 Switching on 114 Seats 108 Adjusting 34 Easy entry exit feature 108 Heater 113 Multicontour seat 111 Split rear bench seat 236 Ventilation 114 Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings 241 Selecting display 142 143 Selector lever Lock 43 Message in the display 323 Position automatic transmission 158 Self test BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system 68 Tele Aid 251 Service Batteries 375 Calling up the service indicator 298 Major service Service H 297 Minor service Service A 297
130. Starter switch i 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply to some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Unlocking Unlocking with KEYLESS GO If you have the KEYLESS GO function your vehicle checks whether the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid when you pull the door handle If your SmartKey is valid the doors will unlock and you can open them The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no further than approximately 3 feet 1 meter away from the door gt Pull the door handle The turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs on the doors move up The SBC brake system is activated If the SmartKey is inside the vehicle press ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever corresponds to turning the SmartKey to the various starter switch positions Warning A When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury The SmartKey wi
131. TION menu with the or FE button or GEN gt Press the button The service indicator now displays the NEXT DUE DATE menu NEXT DUE DATE Oo CONFIRM DEADLINE 1 40 iah AM gt Select the MONTH and YEAR with the or EE button gt Press button RA or EAN on the mul tifunction steering wheel to set the month and year gt Select CONFIRM DEADLINE with the or BH button gt Press the button The new date is set gt Press the button on the multi function steering wheel until the stan dard display appears in the multifunction display FSS PLUS now recalculates the values You cannot call up the service display or the service menu during this time Calling up the service data information FSS PLUS shows the service type letters A H in the multifunction display approxi mately one month before the service ap pointment is due in miles distance criterion or in days time criterion This service type is based on the service items to be carried out The service items are described in the Service Booklet The service items to be carried out under the corresponding service type can be dis played in the multifunction display Calling up the service item menu gt Switch ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 134 gt Press button R or EAN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS PLUS indicator appears in the mul tifunction
132. The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on De mand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e automatic and manual emergency e roadside Assistance and e information The Tele Aid system is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cel lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel To raise press button and to lower press button EE gt To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button Ry depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located above the in terior rear view mirror The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cov er Shortly after the completion of your ac quaintance call you will receive a user ID and password via first call mail By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be sum moned by other means System self check Initially a
133. V belt drive V Layout of poly V belt drive E 320 E 500 E 55 AMG P13 22 2040 31 P13 21 2020 31 Automatic belt tensioner The E 55 AMG has two poly V belts belt one Power steering pump shown in purple belt two shown in black Air conditioning compressor Idler pulley Crankshaft Automatic belt tensioner Coolant pump Power steering pump Generator alternator Air conditioning compressor Idler pulley Crankshaft Coolant pump Generator alternator Idler pulley Automatic belt tensioner Super charger Technical data Engine V Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt E 320 211 065 E 320 4MATIC 211 082 112 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 6 3 54 in 89 90 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 195 2 cu in 3199 cm 10 1 221 hp 5600 rpm 165 kW 5600 rpm 232 lb ft 3000 rpm 4800 rpm 315 Nm 3000 rpm 4800 rpm 6000 rpm 1 4 3 6 2 5 2390 mm E 500 211 070 E 500 4MATIC 211 083 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 kW 5600 rpm 339 b ft 2700 rpm 4250 rpm 460 Nm 2700 rpm 4250 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm The quoted data apply only to the
134. You are driving with the hood open The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO batter ies are discharged The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not recognized while the engine is running because e the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not in the vehicle e there is strong radio frequency inter ference The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mo mentarily not recognized Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt gt gt gt Refuel at the next gas station gt page 278 Close the hood gt page 281 Change the batteries gt page 355 Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Search for the SmartKey Otherwise the vehicle cannot be cen trally locked nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle Operate the vehicle with the Smart Key in the starter switch if necessary Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Key detected in vehicle Keyless go Check system Key Do not forget key Remove key Replace key Possible cause Possible solution A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left inthe Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle vehicle was recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside The KEYLESS GO system is malfunction ing This display appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine shut off and no SmartKey in
135. You can operate DISTRONIC as usual again Practical hints What to do if Display ESP Display message Malfunction Visit workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Possible cause Possible solution The ESP has detected a malfunction Continue driving with added caution anel Steer cal o gt Have the system checked at an authorized The SBC brake system is still func Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible tioning normally The ABS may still be operational Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ESP or the ESP display is mal Continue driving with added caution functioning gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident Practical hints What to do if Display Display message Possible cause Possible solution ESP not available The ESP is deactivated because of a Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle sta See Operator s Manual malfunction or interrupted power tionary turn the steering wheel completely supply to the left and then to the right to synchro The SBC brake system is still func nize the ESP tioning normally If the ESP message does not go out Continue driving with added caution p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident P Gear selector lever in
136. ability of your vehicle Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically applied as this happens which results in the brake pedal moving Keep driver s foot area clear at all times in cluding the area under the brake pedal Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you can read the cur rent settings for Distronic What appears in the display depends on whether Distronic and the distance warning function are turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following dis plays 217 Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic deactivated If Distronic is deactivated you can see the standard display of Distronic in the multi function display A 143 8 Ml Vehicle ahead if detected Actual distance to vehicle ahead Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Distronic activated If you turn Distronic on you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for about five seconds If Distronic is activated you can see the following dis play in
137. age 403 Coolant level More information on the coolant level gt page 285 279 Operation At the gas station H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints gt page 312 Engine oil level Tire inflation pressure More information on engine oil gt page 282 More information on tire inflation pressure gt page 290 See also Opening hood gt page 281 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information on replacing light bulbs see the Practical hints section gt page 359 See also the section on the exterior lamp switch gt page 119 V Engine compartment Hood Warning VAN Do not pull the release lever while the vehi cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow gt Pull lever downwards The hood is unlocked and handle 2 will extend out of the radiator grille To avoid damage to the windshield wip ers or hood never open the hood if the Operation Engine compartment Pull handle 2 to its stop out of radia tor grille Pull up on the hood do not pull up on the handle and then release it The hood
138. age function Q Quick search Phone book R Radio 156 Selecting stations Selecting stations satellite Radio transmitters control and operation 275 134 Range distance to empty Calling up 15 Rear bench seat Foldable 236 Rear fog lamp Bulb 359 Switching on 4 122 164 113 135 Rear lamp bulbs 360 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear passenger compartment Adjustable air vents 195 Rear view mirror automatic antiglare 168 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors 168 Rear window Blocking operation 72 Rear window defroster 173 Activating 173 Deactivating 173 Rear window sunshade 172 Reconnecting Vehicle battery 377 Regular checks 279 Reinstalling the battery 377 Remote controls Integrated 259 SmartKey 88 92 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 91 Remote door unlock With Tele Aid 257 Remote Vehicle Diagnostics 414 Removing Ski sack 236 Vehicle battery 377 Wheel 372 Wiper blades 365 removing and installing Front seat head restraints 109 Replacing Bulbs 359 Front lamp bulbs 361 Front turn signal lamp bulb 362 Fuses 385 License plate lamp bulbs 363 Parking and standing lamp bulb 362 Rear lamp bulbs 360 363 Side marker lamp bulb 363 Wiper blades 364 Reporting Safety defects 18 Reprogramming integrated remote control 263 Reset button in the instrument cluster 138 Resetting All functions control system 138 All functions of a submenu 139 Fuel consumption 154 Service indicator FSS 301 Trip odometer 127
139. ail Driving systems Airmatic DC Dual Control The following suspension styles are Airmatic automatically selects the opti mum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle The Airmatic consists of two components e Adaptive Damping System ADS e Vehicle level control The ADS automatically selects the opti mum damping for the respective driving conditions At the same time the suspen sion is set to either sporty or comfort Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e Your driving style e Road surface conditions e Your choice of suspension style Comfortable Both indicator lamps are off Sporty One indicator lamp is on Sporty Il Both indicator lamps are on sporty sporty Il or comfortable Damping button which you select using the damping Indicator lamps button gt Start the engine gt Press the damping button until the desired suspension style is set i The selected suspension style is stored in memory even after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch i In the sporty suspension style the vehi cle is lowered up to 0 6 in 15 mm Vehicle level control Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to e reduce fuel consumption e increase vehicle safety The following vehicle chassis ride heights can be selected e Normal e Raised The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered ac
140. ain air bags impacts which exceed preset de ployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain airbags gt D gt D Safety and Security Occupant safety Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could se verely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens SmartKeys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat
141. al heat and ventilation Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition EVICT Gene ine By ItCHed OR Ibis possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator ing for up to 30 minutes This feature makes 9 gt Press again gt page 176 use of the residual heat produced by the The indicator he button Emm engine Condensation may drip out from under A a tampon ie Ruben ae goes out neath the vehicle This is normal and Activating not an indication of a malfunction The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O or 1 or remove it from Deactivating the starter switch It is possible to deactivate the air condi H gt Press button E gt page 176 tioning cooling function of the climate If the air conditioning cannot be turned control system The air in the vehicle will on again this indicates that the air con Thie indicator lampan button DE then no longer be cooled or dehumidified ditioning is losing refrigerant The com comigs om gt Press button gt page 176 pressor has turned itself off The indicator lamp on the button Have the air conditioning checked at comeson the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz
142. amp There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir Immediately add coolant to prevent comes on when the engine is engine from overheating running gt page 285 If this warning lamp comes on frequently gt Have the cooling system checked there is a leak in the cooling system If the coolant level is correct the electric ra If the coolant temperature is below diator fan may be broken 257 F 125 C you can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving zk The red coolant warning lamp The coolant temperature has exceeded gt Stop as soon as possible and allow comes on while driving and you 257 F 125 C the engine and coolant to cool down hear a warning sound Warning AN catch fire You could be seriously burned Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle i Steam from an overheated engine can cause and do not stand near the vehicle until the Driving when your engine is badly overheat serious burns and can occur just by opening eneineinasicoo aoe ed can cause some fluids which may have the engine hood Stay away from the engine leaked into the engine compartment to if you see or hear steam coming from it The red DTR warning lamp comes on while driving The red DTR warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on while driving The red seat belt
143. ance warning func tion on off switch Program mode selector for automatic transmission Page 227 222 164 V Overhead control panel P82 00 2174 31 COQ Go Item Rear interior lighting on off Automatic interior lighting Front interior lighting on off Temperature sensor Right reading lamp on off Sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof Page 125 124 124 124 201 205 000000 O At a glance Overhead control panel Item Tele Aid emergency call system button Rear view mirror Reading lamps Garage door opener Tow away alarm button Ambient lighting Interior lighting Left reading lamp on off Page 250 168 124 258 85 147 125 At a glance Door control panel Y Door control panel Cree Item Door handle Seat adjustment Memory function for stor ing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel set tings Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Switches for opening closing front and rear side windows rear window override switch Remote trunk lid release switch Trunk lid open ing closing system Page 97 35 116 38 197 99 Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving h Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given
144. and inflatable air cushions built into the backrest to provide additional lum bar and side support The seat cushion movement backrest cushion height and curvature can be con tinuously varied with switches on the right side of the seat after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice Seat cushion depth Backrest bottom Backrest center Backrest side bolster adjustment gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All lights in the instrument cluster come on Controls in detail Seats Seat cushion depth gt Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Q Backrest contour gt Adjust the contour of the backrest to the desired position using or Ea gt Move the backrest support to the bot tom by using button 2 or to the center by using button Backrest side bolsters p gt Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch Controls in detail Seats Drive Dynamic seat The drive Dynamic seat electronically con i trols the air pressure in the air chambers of The Drive Dynamic seat automatically ad the backrest side bolsters This function justs the lateral support provided by the improves driving comfort and pleasure backrest to your driving style You can adjust the characteristics of the Drive Dynamic seat using the con trol system gt
145. ange from Normal level to Raised level When vehicle is at Raised level pressing the switch will return the vehicle to Normal level At a speed of approximately above 75 mph 120 km h or if the speed amounts to between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h Lamp off Lamp on for approximately five minutes the set ting Raised is canceled The message Level selec canceled appears in the multifunction display If you do not drive in this speed range the Raised level remains stored even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Controls in detail Driving systems Parktronic system Parking assist The Parktronic system monitors the sur eee ae Warning A roundings of your vehicle with six sensors __ _ n the front bumper and four sensors in the Warning A Make sure that no persons or animals are in rear bumper the area in which you are maneuvering You The Parktronic system is a supplemental could otherwise injure them system It is not intended to nor does it re place the need for extreme care The re sponsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always rests with the driver The Parktronic system is an electronic aid designed to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers It visually and audibly indi Special attention must be paid to objects cates the relative distance between the with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes vehicle a
146. are wheel out of the trunk gt page 350 Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place one chock in front of and one be hind the wheel that is diagonally oppo site to the wheel being changed When changing wheel on a hill gt Place chocks on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the other axle gt Take the two piece wheel wrench and the jack out of the trunk gt page 352 Assemble wheel wrench Warning A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is Practical hints Flat tire The jack take up brackets are located di rectly behind the front wheel housing and in front of the rear wheel housing always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways
147. areful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door the trunk lid closing switch Q or the button on the Smart Key with KEYLESS GO When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Closing the trunk and locking the vehi cle from the outside vehicles with KEY LESS GO P80 20 2530 31 _ C KEYLESS GO locking closing switch You can close the trunk lid and lock the ve hicle simultaneously gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press switch Q briefly The vehicle is locked and the trunk lid closes automatically The turn signals flash three times to confirm locking If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly i To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk lid will open automatical ly if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Controls in detail Locking and unlocking A Monitor the closing procedure carefully to ensure that no one is in
148. art a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable e Remote Vehicle Diagnostics This func tion permits the Mercedes Benz Road side Assistance dispatcher to download malfunction codes and actu al vehicle data The indicator lamp on the Roadside As sistance button remains illumi nated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after turning the ignition on together with the SOS button and the Information button ERM See system self check gt page 251 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp on the Roadside Assistance button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center es tablished then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assis tance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL FAILED appears in the multifunc tion display Roadside Assistance calls can be ter minated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel Information button The Information button is located be low the center armrest cover gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Cen ter will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message INFO CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifun
149. arts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Problem Ewan The yellow CHECK ENGINE mal function indicator lamp comes on while driving Possible cause There is a malfunction in The fuel management system e The ignition system e The emission control system e Systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the en gine to its limp home emergency opera tion mode The fuel cap is not closed tightly Your gas tank is empty Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center An on board diagnostic connector is used by the service station to link the vehicle to the shop diagnostics sys tem It allows the accurate identifica tion of system malfunctions through the readout of diagnostic trouble codes It is located in the front left area of the footwell next to the park ing brake gt Check the fuel cap gt After refuelling start the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The red coolant warning l
150. as been removed including but not limited to arms hands fin e until the driver s or front passenger gers etc the automatic reversal will not op door has been opened crate past the resistance point and released the e though for no more than five min automatic reversal will not operate utes Fully opening the windows Express open Opening the windows gt Press switch to past the resis gt Press switch to to the resistance tance point and release point The corresponding window opens com 8 The corresponding window will move pletely downwards until you release the switch Fully closing the windows Express close Closing the windows gt Pull switch to past the resis gt Pull switch 2 to to the resistance tance point and release point Stopping windows gt Press or pull respective switch again Opening and closing the windows with the SmartKey The sliding pop up roof gt page 202 or panorama sliding pop up roof gt page 208 will also be opened or closed when the power windows are operated with the SmartKey AN Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone be ing harmed by the opening or closing proce dure Warning In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the procedure can be imme diately halted by releasing the button on the SmartKey To reverse direction of move ment
151. as soon as possible In the control system set lamp opera tion to manual mode gt page 146 Switch on headlamps using the exteri or lamp switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution arker light The front left side marker lamp is mal gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible front left functioning arker light The front right side marker lamp is mal Replace the bulb as soon as possible front right functioning Park light front left The left parking lamps are malfunction Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Back up light on ing A backup bulb is being used Center as soon as possible Park light front right The right parking lamps are malfunction Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Back up light on ing A backup bulb is being used Center as soon as possible Rear foglight The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning A gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Back up light on backup bulb is being used Reverse light left The left reverse light is malfunctioning Replace the bulb as soon as possible Reverse light right The right backup lamp is malfunctioning Replace the bulb as soon as possible Switch off lights Lamps have been turned on although the Switch off the headlights SmartKey in the
152. atures Roadside Assistance button Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button B gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside As sistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message ROADSIDE AS SISTANCE CONNECTING CALL will ap pear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunc tion display The Tele Aid system will trans mit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display gt Describe the nature of the need for as sistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may ap ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance man ual for more information These programs are only available in the USA e Sign and Drive services Services such as a jump st
153. before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the display High priority messages appear on a red background Text messages Display ABS Display message Malfunction Visit workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Possible cause The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off The ESP and the BAS are also deactivated The SBC brake system is still functioning normally but without the ABS avail able The ABS or the ABS display is mal functioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels will lock during hard braking reduc ing steering capability Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident gt Continue driving with added caution p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident Practical hints What to do if Display Battery Protection Please Note Cruise control Distronic Display message Conven Functions Temporarily Unavailable Conven Functions Available Again Visit workshop External interference Reactivate Visit workshop Possible cause The battery has insufficient
154. box Switch on ignition Press the switch in direction gt page 206 gt D Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof gt gt gt Wait until the roller sunblinds are closed and then keep the switch pressed for approximately one second Move the switch in direction gt page 206 Wait until the roller sunblinds are opened Move the switch in direction gt page 206 Wait until the panorama sliding pop up roof is raised and then keep the switch pressed for approxi mately one second gt Move the switch in direction gt page 206 gt Wait until the panorama sliding pop up roof is closed and then keep the switch pressed for approxi mately one second The panorama sliding pop up roof is synchronized The synchronization must be repeated if the panorama sliding pop up roof cannot be fully opened Express open Solar panel A solar panel is available in combination with the panorama sliding pop up roof The solar cells convert natural light into electrical energy When the engine is switched off the energy generated auto matically switches on the ventilation fan The constant air flow creates a cooler tem perature for cars parked in the sunlight The air flow depends on the intensity of the solar radiation The ventilation starts two minutes after switching off the engine Y Driving systems The following driving systems are ex plained on the follow
155. cator lamp on the button goes out 179 Controls in detail Climate control gt D Close center air vents gt Open left and right side air vents and adjust side air vents upwards Deactivating gt Press button Keg The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defrosting is turned off Air recirculation mode Activating gt Press button Ray Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle The indicator lamp on the button from the outside This setting cuts off the comes on intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment si The air recirculation mode is activated automaticall high i mpera Warnlfg A a y at high outside tempera When the outside temperature is below If you have turned off the air condition 41 F 5 C only switch to air recirculation ing gt page 182 or the outside mode for short periods to prevent window temperature is below 41 F 5 C the fogging air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically Warning A Never operate the windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof if there is the possibil ity of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger Vehicles with sliding pop up roof The pro cedure for the windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the respective window switch The procedure for the slid ing p
156. ced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning i To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simul taneously extends the gear range of the transmission Controls in detail Automatic transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear ranges With the gear selector lever in position D you can limit the transmission s gear range by pressing the gear selector lever to the left D and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the gear selector lever to the right D The selected gear range appears in the mu
157. cified in the Service Booklet gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible Brake malfunction The SBC brake system is in the emergen gt Do not drive any further Stop vehicle cy operation mode Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is increased Stop the vehicle and notify an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center gt Significantly greater force must be ap Do not exceed a speed of 55 mph plied to the brake pedal 90 km h gt Call for Roadside Assistance Except Canada Reduced The battery has insufficient voltage and Start the engine braking effect cannot supply sufficient power to the TETE disepeeete whan aie Canada only Start engine SBC brake system cient voltage is available Longer stopping dist Start engine Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Except Canada Reduced The SBC brake system isin emergency Continue driving with added caution braking effect operation mode Considerable brake ped mp i gt Adjust driving to be consistent with Canada only Visit workshop al force is required and the stopping dis 2 reduced braking responsiveness nce is incr s Longer tance is increased stopping dist Visit workshop Service brake There are malfunctions but the SBC gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Visit workshop brake system is operating normally Center as soon as
158. cking level 283 Consumption 282 Filler neck 284 Viscosity 412 Oil level Checking 283 One touch gearshifting 159 Canceling gear range limit 159 Downshifting 159 Upshifting 159 Opening 358 Ashtray 246 Doors from the inside 97 Fuel filler flap 278 Fuel filler flap manually 357 Glove box 242 Panorama sliding pop up roof 206 Panorama sliding pop up roof in an emergency 358 Roller sunblinds 205 Side windows 198 Sliding pop up roof 201 Sliding pop up roof in an emergency 358 Sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 202 Trunk 97 Trunk from the inside 98 Trunk lid with SmartKey 90 Windows 197 Windows with SmartKey 199 Opening and closing Panorama sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 208 Opening from the inside Trunk 99 Opening the trunk from the outside 97 Operating CD player 135 Radio 134 Safety 16 Telephone 155 Vehicle outside the USA and Canada 13 Operating safety 16 Operation Garage door opener 262 Integrated remote control 262 Operator s Manual 10 Ornamental moldings 304 Outside temperature indicator 128 Overdue service 297 Overhead control panel 27 Garage door opener 258 Overspeed range 414 P Paintwork 303 Panic alarm 73 Panic button on SmartKey 73 Panorama sliding pop up roof Opening and closing with SmartKey 208 Panorama sliding pop up roof 205 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 242 Parking 51 Parking brake 45 51 Engaging 51 Message in display 327 Releasing 45 Parking lamps 35
159. cle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the undercarriage do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEY LESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inad vertently locked or unlocked Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome plated parts use a chrome clean er Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the lenses Do not at tempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover Q Distronic system sensor cover Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water to clean sensor cover 1 To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor cover Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Restart the engine after cleaning sen sor cover Q Cleaning the Parktronic system wey sensors Q Parktr
160. closed the start er switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch gt page 31 gt D Getting started Parking and locking gt gt gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 41 H If you hear a warning signal you have either e forgotten to switch off the vehicle s exterior lamps before opening the driver s door or e tried to turn off the engine while the gear selector lever is not in P Turn off the lights or place the gear se lector lever in P Opening a door causes the windows on the side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed Warning A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Before closing doors make sure that there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing Lock button on the door handle gt After exiting the vehicle press lock button Q on the door handle or on the trunk lid All turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs on the doors move down Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended i
161. closing procedure release gt page 105 the door mounted remote trunk lid switch If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk lid will lock automati If the trunk lid comes into contact with an cally when closed gt page 99 The object while closing e g luggage that has turn signals will flash three times to been piled too high the closing procedure confirm locking is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles without KEYLESS GO _ i Pam P 7 if P72 20 2343 31 Trunk lid closing switch gt Press trunk lid closing switch Q brief ly The trunk lid closes When closing if the trunk lid comes into contact with an object e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing proce dure is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly i Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out Warning A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as visibility blockage exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Controls in detail Locking and unlocking A Monitor the closing procedure carefully to ensure that no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure press the remote trunk lid switch on the
162. cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period fi Do not use any special lubricant addi tives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz will restrict your warranty entitlement More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Center Checking engine oil level When checking the oil level the vehicle must e be parked on level ground e be at normal operating temperature e have been stationary for at least five minutes with the engine turned off To check the engine oil level via the multi function display do the following gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice The standard display gt page 134 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button R or EN on the steering wheel until the following message is seen in the multifunction display Engine oil leve
163. components We recom mend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Use only 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not light up visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the LEDs and bulbs for the follow ing lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Additional turn signal lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors e High mounted brake lamp e Bi Xenon lamps e Front fog lamps Replacing bulbs for front lamps P82 10 3394 31 C Bulb socket for turn signal lamp High beam halogen bulb Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp Cover for Bi Xenon low beam and high beam or halogen low beam headlamp Bi Xenon headlamps Warning A Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xe non headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Practical hints Replacing bulbs Low beam halogen bulb gt gt gt Switch off the lights Open the hood gt page 281 Turn the locking mechanism counter clockwise and remove headlamp cover Pull electrical connector off Release th
164. cording to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed e Ataspeed above approximately above 68 mph 110 km h and the sporty suspension style selected gt page 226 ride height is reduced automatically by up to approximately 0 6 in 15 mm e With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the Normal level i These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Controls in detail Driving systems Select the Raised level only when re quired by current driving conditions Oth erwise e fuel consumption may increase e handling may be impaired AN Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis 227 Controls in detail Driving systems The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running Vehicle level when Use for stationary Normal Normal operation Raised Driving with snow chains or very rough road surface conditions The button is located in the lower section of the center console Vehicle level control button Indicator lamp Ride height increase Automatic lowering Indicator lamp gt page 228 over normal None Max approx 0 6 in 15 mm Approximately 0 8 in Max approx 1 4 in 20 mm 35 mm gt Briefly press button to ch
165. ction display When the connection is established the message INFO CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cel lular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished When a voice connection is estab lished the audio system is muted and the message TELE AID INFO CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display Infor mation regarding the operation of your ve hicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only i The indicator lamp on the Information button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS but ton and the Roadside Assistance button Pg Controls in detail Useful features See system self check gt page 251 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately ten seconds If the indicator lamp on the Information button is illuminated continuous ly and there was no voice
166. d gt Distronic just settings Engine number Cruise control The number set by the manufacturer Driving convenience system for auto and placed on the cylinder block to matically maintaining the vehicle speed uniquely identify each engine pro set by the driver duced Engine oil viscosity Measurement for the inner friction vis cosity of the oil at different tempera tures The higher the temperature an oil can tolerate without becoming thin or the lower the temperature it can tol erate without becoming viscous the better the viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability ETD Emergency Tensioning Device Device which deploys in certain frontal and rear collisions exceeding the sys tem s threshold to tighten the seat belts gt SRS FSS PLUS Flexible Service System PLUS Service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle maintenance service is due Gear range Number of gears which are available to the automatic transmission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the selector lever GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipped with special re ceivers Employs DVD digital maps for navigation Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lam
167. d of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 44 feet approximately 13 5 m every sec ond You can take and place telephone calls us ing the and buttons on the steering wheel To carry out other tele phone functions use the control system gt page 129 See separate operating manual for instruc tions on how to use the telephone Warning VAN Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Whether or not prohibited by law for safety reasons the driver should not use the cellular telephone while the vehicle is in mo tion Stop the vehicle in a safe location before an swering or placing a call Tele Aid The initial activation of the Tele Aid sys tem may only be performed by com pleting the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the SOS button Failure to complete either of these steps will result in a system that is not activated If the system is not activated the indicator lamp in the SOS button stays on after turning the SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice to position 2 The message Tele Aid not activated will be shown in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds If you have any questions regarding ac tivation please call the Response Cen ter at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada
168. d with tires your vehicle turer s mounting instructions of size 245 40 ZR 18 or 265 35 ZR18 gt page 394 Even on vehicles with all wheel drive use snow chains on rear tires only e Snow chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufac Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to ex ceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Vv Maintenance Flexible Service System PLUS FSS PLUS We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Service Booklet at the times called for by the FSS PLUS Flexible Service System PLUS Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the designated times mileage called for by the FSS PLUS may result in vehicle dam age not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty FSS PLUS will notify you when your next service is due Approximately one month before your next service is due one of the following mes sages will appear in the multifunction dis play while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Service A in XXXX miles km Service A in XX days Service A in X day Service A due now The type of service due is indicated in the speedometer display field from Service A Minor service to Service H Major service aA Service B in 223 m
169. danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door the trunk lid closing switch Q the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or the remote trunk lid opening switch located on the driver s door Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Warning A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as visibility blockage exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Trunk lid emergency release The emergency release button is located on the inside of the trunk lid P72 20 2208 31 Emergency release button Briefly press emergency release button The trunk unlocks and the trunk lid opens i The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing or driving The emergency release button does not open the trunk lid if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Illuminatio
170. des full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Warning VAN The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or hydro planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others ESP The Electronic Stability Program ESP monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slip pery road surfaces The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged The ABS
171. dicated by the arrow The fuel filler flap springs open Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released Take off the cap and set it in the recess on the fuel filler flap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or over fill A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump noz zle which could cause personal injury gt Replace the fuel cap by turning it to the right You will hear when the fuel cap is tight ened gt Close the fuel filler flap Use only premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump More information on gasoline can be found in the Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the lamp to illuminate Operation At the gas station Check regularly and before a long trip eS Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system For more information on refilling the reservoir gt page 288 Brake fluid More information on brake fluid can be found in the Technical data section gt p
172. dren on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Warning A Do not place powered on laptops cell phones and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such de vices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference may cause the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp not to come on during self test or be contin uously lit indicating that the system is not functioning Installation of infant and child restraint systems This vehicle is equipped with tether an chorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Safety and Security Occupant safety Not foldable rear seat backrest l P91 40 2390 31 Cover gt Remove cover 1 from anchorage ring gt Guide tether strap between head re straint and top of the seat back gt Head restraint must be positioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and the top of the seat back Make sure the tether strap is not twist ed gt D Safety and Security Occupant safety P91 40 2439 31 Hook Anchorage ring gt Securely fasten the hook 2 to the an chorage ring i For safety make sure the hook 2 has attached to the ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated Foldable rear seat backrest gt Securely fasten the hook 2 to the an gt Fold rear seat backrest slightly for chorage ring ward gt G
173. driver s door the trunk lid closing switch Q or the button on the Smart Key Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO Py Trunk lid closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press trunk lid closing switch Q brief ly The trunk lid closes P80 20 2529 31 i To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk lid will open automatical ly if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly Warning A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as visibility blockage exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Warning A Monitor the closing procedure carefully to ensure that no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially c
174. driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined Sitting in an excessively re clined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause se rious or fatal injuries The seat back and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 40 Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Warning VAN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle The power seats can also be operated with the driver s or passenger door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning VAN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise
175. drops i How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribu tion control setting Rear air conditioning Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right rear center air vent Temperature rocker switch right Display Temperature rocker switch left Thumbwheel for air volume control for left rear center air vent Controls in detail Automatic climate control P85 50 2062 31 Display Temperature left Temperature right Basic settings We recommend setting the temperature on both the left and right hand sides to 72 F This ensures a pleasant temperature in the rear of the vehicle The temperatures for the left and right hand sides can be set using tempera ture rocker switches and Controls in detail Automatic climate control i The rear air conditioning will not cool the air when ACOFF mode has been se lected in the front control panel Adjusting the rear settings with the front control panel Pee As TZ P83 40 2440 31 Display gt Press the button gt page 186 The display switches over The temperature for the rear left and right hand sides of the vehicle can be set with temperature rocker switches 3 and The tempe
176. dure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Parking Set the parking brake whenever park ing or leaving the vehicle In addition move gear selector lever to position P When parking on hills always set the parking brake and turn front wheel against road curb A Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position 0 and remove or press KEYLESS GO s
177. e e Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child and recommended for use by Mercedes Benz e Ensure that the infant or child is prop erly secured all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and infor mation on choosing an appropriate re straint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Infant and child restraint systems Use only a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child re straint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratch eting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack l BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Safety and Security Occupant safety To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner i Information on child seats with mount ing f
178. e touch start function Turn the SmartKey to position 3 and release it again immedi ately The engine then starts automati cally Depress the brake pedal The selector lever lock is released Starting with KEYLESS GO You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle C KEYLESS GO start stop button gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress ac celerator The selector lever lock is released gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button Q once The engine starts automatically if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt page 53 For information on turning off the engine with the SmartKey see Turning off en gine gt page 52 Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt Ifyou are starting the engine with the SmartKey turn SmartKey in starter switch to position O and repeat starting procedure gt Ifyou are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Or Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio s
179. e available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Winter driving Block heater Canada only i e Only use snow chains that are ap proved by Mercedes Benz Your autho When driving with snow chains you rized Mercedes Benz Center will be The engine is equipped with a block heat may wish to deactivate the ESP er gt page 78 before setting the vehicle glad to advise you on this subject The electrical cable may be installed at in motion This will improve the vehi e Use of snow chains may be prohibited your authorized Mercedes Benz Center cle s traction depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing Snow chains Please observe the following guidelines snow chains when using snow chains H E e Use of snow chains is not permissible When driving with snow chains always with all wheel tire combinations select the raised level of the level con trol system Airmatic gt page 227 Use of snow chains is not permissible Other settings may result in damage to ER with the Minispare wheel an
180. e cause Suggested solution The ABS has detected a malfunction and has Continue driving with added caution switched off The BAS and the ESP are also Wheels may lock during hard braking switched off see messages in display reducing steering capability The SBC brake system is still functioning nor Have the system checked at an autho mally but without the ABS available rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning oth er systems such as the Parktronic system Failure to follow these instructions in Distronic or the automatic transmission creases the risk of an accident ay sloo Detain conte gt Read and observe messages in the display gt page 318 The charging voltage has fallen below When the voltage is above this value 10 volts The ABS has switched off again the ABS is operational again gt f necessary have the generator and battery checked Problem The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp comes on while driving The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Possible cause The ESP is deactivated Risk of accident Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions The ABS ESP or traction control has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire Distronic is deacti vated Distronic is switched off Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt Turn the ESP back on
181. e disks and help prevent corro sion On long and steep grades shift to a lower gear gear range 1 2 or 3 to prevent the brakes from overheating and to reduce brake wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time so that the air stream will cool down the brakes fast er Only Mercedes Benz approved compo nents e g brake pads should be in stalled on your vehicle Brake pads not approved by Mercedes Benz may im pair the safety of your vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems Four wheel electronic traction system 4MATIC with the ESP Models with all wheel drive only The 4MATIC improves vehicle s ability to use available traction e g during winter operation in mountains under snowy conditions by applying power to all four wheels Warning A If you see the ESP warning lamp flash ing in the speedometer proceed as follows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed Do not tow with one axle raised Otherwise the transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Performance testing must only be con ducted on a two axle dynamometer Otherwise th
182. e ignition system e exhaust system e fuel system The coolant level is too low Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Add coolant gt page 285 If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major en gine damage Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Coolant The coolant is too hot gt Stop the vehicle Stop engine orfe gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could other wise damage the engine During severe operation conditions and Warning A stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have Ki leaked into the engine compartment to The engine should not be operated with catch fire You could be seriously burned the coolant temperature above 248 F Steam from an overheated engine can cause 120 C Doing so may cause serious serious bu
183. e once the retransmis sion is completed Once a call is conclud ed a beep will be heard and the respective indicator lamp will stop flashing The COMAND system operation will resume If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Cus tomer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada i The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is conclud ed Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assis tance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunc tion steering wheel Controls in detail Useful features i Remote door unlock The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking When a Tele Aid call has been initiated feature In case you have locked your vehicle unin the audio system or the COMAND sys tem audio is muted and the selected mode radio or CD pauses The option al cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the ve hicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The CO MAND navigation system if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spok
184. e retaining springs and take out the bulb Insert the new bulb in the socket so that the base is in the recess on the lower left Attach the retaining springs Insert connector into the bulb Align headlamp cover and click into place Practical hints Replacing bulbs High beam halogen bulb gt gt gt Switch off the lights Open the hood gt page 281 Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover Pull electrical connector off gt Turn the locking mechanism counter clockwise and take out the high beam bulb 2 Insert the new bulb in the socket so that the base is in the recess on the lower left gt Attach the retaining springs Insert connector into the bulb gt Align headlamp cover and click into place Front turn signal lamp bulb gt gt gt Switch off the lights Open the hood gt page 281 Twist bulb socket 1 counterclockwise and pull out Push bulb into socket turn counter clockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Reinsert bulb socket in lamp and twist clockwise Parking and standing lamp bulb gt gt gt v vV v YV Switch off the lights Open the hood gt page 281 Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover Pull out the bulb socket 3 with the bulb Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Insert a new bulb in the socket Reinstall the bulb socket Align headlamp cover and click into place
185. e transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Because of the ESP s automatic opera tion the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Active braking action through ESP may otherwise seriously damage the front or rear axle brake system Operational tests with the engine running can only be conducted on a two axle dynamometer YV Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activating With the SmartKey Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch acti vates the immobilizer With KEYLESS GO Turning off the en gine by means of the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever activates the immobilizer Deactivating With the SmartKey Inserting the SmartKey in the starter switch deacti vates the immobilizer With KEYLESS GO Starting the en gine by means of the start stop button on the gear selector lever deactivates the immobilizer Safety and Security Anti theft systems i In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Securi
186. e wheel gt page 370 A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Display symbol Display messages Driver s seat belt Fasten seatbelt Fr pass seat belt Fasten seatbelt Seat belt system Visit workshop Service memory full See Operator s Manual Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Possible solution The display reminds you and your passen Fasten the seat belts gers to fasten seat belts The display reminds you and your passen Fasten the seat belts gers to fasten seat belts The seat belt system is malfunctioning Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The FSS Plus service memory cannot gt Have the service memory checked by save any more data an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Tele Aid defective Visit workshop Tele Aid battery Visit workshop Restraint system malfunction Visit workshop Function Not available Warning VAN In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Possible cause One or more main functions of the Tele
187. ear selector lever will have no effect e the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P Depress parking brake firmly or move gear selector lever to position P Turn off all electrical consumers Remove SmartKey from starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the start stop button until the engine shuts off gt Open the drivers door Open the trunk Remove the luggage box gt page 351 Disconnect battery negative lead 4 Remove cover 2 from the positive ter minal gt Disconnect the battery positive lead Removing the battery gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer gt Reinstall the charged battery Follow the previously described steps in re verse order Reconnecting the battery gt Remove the screw nuts securing the battery Remove the battery bracket Take out the battery Charging and reinstalling the battery A Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury Warning Turn off all electrical consumers Connect the positive lead and fasten its cover gt Connect the negative lead Never invert the terminal connections gt Install the luggage box gt page 351 The battery its filler caps and the vent tube must always be securely installed when
188. eas where com bustible materials such as grass hey or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning VAN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Steering wheel gearshift control Speedshift E 55 AMG You can change the gears manually on the steering wheel or by using the gear selector lever gt page 159 Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel Left button downshift Right button upshift Downshifting gt Press button on the left side of the steering wheel The gear range is limited when you are not driving in the manual program mode gt page 160
189. ect to its disposal Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Engine oil The engine oil has dropped to a critical Check the engine oil level Visit workshop level gt page 283 and add oil as required gt page 284 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks It may be that there is water in the engine gt Have the engine oil checked oil Engine oil level The measuring system is malfunctioning gt Have the measuring system checked Visit workshop by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When the Engine oil Visit workshop If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive message appears while the engine is run to the nearest service station where the The engine oil level warnings should ning and at operating temperature the en engine oil should be topped to the required not be ignored Extended driving with gine oil level has dropped to approximately level with an approved oil the symbol displayed could result in the minimum level serious engine damage that is not When this occurs the warning will first covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited come on intermittently and then stay on if Warranty the oil level drops further Display symbol HH E Display messages Reserve fuel Hood open Key Check battery Key not recognized Possible cause The fuel level has dropped below the re serve mark
190. ed only by the accel erator pedal position Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a higher speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q gt page 218 to increase vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds gt page 218 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on on the speedometer gt page 216 a Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief ac celeration e g for passing cruise con trol will resume the last speed set Controls in detail Driving systems Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Setting a lower speed Setting stored speed Resume function FARE Warning VAN gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 2 gt page 218 to decrease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds gt page 218 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on on the speedometer gt page 216 i When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the transmission will au tomatically downshift if the rate of de celeration is too low direction of arro
191. el or additional wheel sensors in the vehicle the tire inflation pressure monitor should not be reactivated until the de flated wheel or additional wheel sen sors have been removed from the vehicle Otherwise the deflated wheel or additional sensors could cause the tire inflation pressure monitor system to malfunction Press the reset button gt page 22 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Check current tire pres Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display field Tire pres monitor acitvated The tire inflation pressure monitor will now monitor the tire inflation pressure values of all four tires The following message will appear in the multifunction display field Tire pres monitor Pres display after driving a few mins Reactivate using R button This display appears until the individual inflation pressure values are matched with the tires The individual values are then displayed gt page 340 If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the E button If the following message appears in the multifunction display field Reactivate tire Pres monitor or Tire pres Check tires gt Check the tire inflation pressures and correct them if necessary gt Reactivate the tire inflation pressure monitor Operation Tires and wheels Rotating wheels Warning VAN Rotate front and rear wheels only if they are of the same
192. en commands are only avail able by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indi cate that a Tele Aid call is in progress tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not handy gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your pass word which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement gt Then return to your vehicle and pull the trunk recessed handle for a minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multi function display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call i The remote door unlock feature is avail able if the relevant cellular phone net work is available The SOS button will flash and the mes sage EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED will appear in the mul tifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Re sponse Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the ve hicle occupants If the trunk recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tru
193. enters through a side window gt Disengage sun visor from mounting Q gt Pivot sun visor to the side The sun visors are extendable gt Adjust the sun visors by pushing or pulling in the direction of the arrows 171 Controls in detail Good visibility i gt Press the switch briefly at to lower ing If sunlight enters through a side win the sunshade Warning A dow ee a me ee Always raise the sunshade fully for its sup When leaving the vehicle always remove the mounting and pivot to the side port against the window frame SmartKey from starter switch and lock your Mirror lamp will switch off vehicle Do not leave children unattended in Warning A the vehicle or with access to an unlocked Rear window sunshade SSE vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip When operating the rear window sunshade ment can cause an accident and or serious The switch is located in the center console be sure that there is no danger of anyone be personal injury ing harmed by the raising or lowering proce dure Roller sunblind in the rear doors The raising or lowering procedure can be im mediately halted by briefly pressing switch Q To reverse direction of move t ment press switch Q again gt Turn the SmartKey to starter switch po sition 1 or 2 Vehicles with KEY LESS GO press the start stop ESC ee button once or twice gt Pull the roller sunblind out using the hooks gt Press the
194. er gear Warning A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction gt page 159 or gt Press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel gt page 162 The transmission shifts to the next higher gear Kickdown The kickdown can also be used for maximum acceleration when driving in the manual program mode gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts to a lower gear gt Shift up once the desired speed has been reached i When driving at full throttle the trans mission shifts to the next higher gear when maximum engine speed has been reached When you brake or stop the transmis sion shifts down to a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Controls in detail Automatic transmission Deactivating manual shift program Emergency operation Limp Home gt Press the program mode selector Mode switch repeatedly until S or C appears in the multifunction display If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the trans or mission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear The transmis
195. ere is a malfunction in the SBC brake system gt page 79 or the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervoir Have the brake system inspected by quali fied technicians immediately Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and brake fluid rec ommended by Mercedes Benz Operation Driving instructions A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning Be certain to read and observe the warning notices on brake pad replacement gt page 326 When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps pre vent overheating of the brakes and re duces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately parking so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Operation Driving instructions Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this proce
196. eries are available at any Mercedes Benz Center Unlocking locking in an emergency P80 61 2086 31 Battery Tilt battery up Mechanical key Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove mechanical key gt page 353 gt Insert the mechanical key in side open ing and push grey slide The battery compartment is unlatched Pull the battery compartment out of the SmartKey housing in direction of ar row Using mechanical key 3 apply pres sure to position 2 Battery tilts up slightly Pull out batteries Q in direction of ar row Using a lint free cloth insert new bat teries with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment into hous ing until it locks into place Fuel filler flap emergency release In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually Q Release knob gt Open trunk lid gt Remove right side tail trim gt Turn release knob clockwise ar row The fuel filler flap can know be opened Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Manually unlocking the transmission gt selector lever In the case of power failure the transmis sion selector lever can be manually un locked e g to tow the vehicle Q Pin Open the storage compartment in the center console gt page 244 Take out the cup holder Using two fingers in the horizontal slo
197. erious injuries or death should the airbag be triggered Always sit upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size infant or child re straint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deacti vate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fa tal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle you are responsible to make the buyer aware of these points Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manu al Warning VAN Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the passenger front seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger front airbag BabySmart will not however turn off any side impact airbag It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact airbags there is a possibility for a side airbag related injury if occupants especially children are not prop erly seated or restrained when next to a side airbag which needs to deplo
198. es 126 ESP eis weteesets E 76 Locking and unlocking from Instrument cluster illumination 126 The SBC brake system cee 79 THE ANSIDG covet evs eevee sss cpsssesretsesveds 107 Coolant temperature gauge 127 Four wheel electronic traction DOAUS wees sescertne E esnveuseises teraaunees 108 Trip odometer reseca 127 system 4MATIC with the ESP 82 Easy entry exit feature 108 Tachometer ccccccceseeececeeeeeseees 128 Anti theft Systems ce eeseeeeseeeeeees 83 Removing and installing front Outside temperature indicator 128 IMMODIIZEL ee eee esse eeeteeeeteeeeees 83 seat head restraints cee 109 Anti theft alarm system 0 84 Rear seat head restraints 110 TOW away alarm ccseeceeeseseeeeees 85 Multicontour seat ceeeeeeeees 111 Drive Dynamic seat a se 112 Heated Seats orisiirisii 113 Seat ventilation oe 114 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode eeeeeee 167 Control system eeeeeeesteeeeseeeeeees 129 Good Visibility eee seeeeetreeeeeees 168 Automatic climate control 184 Multifunction display eeee 129 Rear view MIFTOF se eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 Setting the temperature 188 Multifunction steering wheel 130 Windshield WiperS ceescceeeees 169 Adjusting air distribution 189 Menus nann ae 132 Headlamp cleaning system 170 Adjusti
199. eseseseeeeeeeees 12 Roadside Assistance s000008 12 Change of address or ownership 12 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada ccceeeeseees 13 Where to find it ceeeeeseeceeeseseeees 14 SYMBOIMS ierre ia 15 Operating safety s s s 16 Proper use of the vehicle 16 Problems with your vehicle 17 Reporting safety defects eee 18 Reporting safety defects 18 At a glance snccicicisi canines 19 COCKPIT rere e E S 20 Instrument cluster ee eeeeeeeceeeeteeeees 22 Multifunction steering wheel 24 Center console eeeeesseceeeestteeeeeeeee 25 Upper part csccccccssssseeeesseseeeees 25 LOWEF PaMt wi ccsdscael ctessseeesccrssesnedeess 26 Overhead control panel eeeeee 27 Door Control Panel eesecceceseeseeeeees 28 Getting started 0 cece 29 UNOCKING roisia 30 Unlocking with the SmartKey 30 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 32 Adjusting secon 34 SCALES EE A E EOE 34 Steering wheel 37 Min ON Soene eeose anna aanas Eea 38 Driving aeinn E S 40 Fastening the seat belts 40 Starting the engine essees 43 Switching on headlamps 47 Turn signals and high beam 47 Windshield Wipers esseceeseeees 48 Problems while driving 50 Parking and locking eeeeeeeeeeeee 51 Parking brake se
200. essages in display 338 Replacing bulbs 359 Switching on 123 Hood 281 Closing 281 Message in display 335 Opening 281 Hydroplaning 271 l Identification labels Ignition 31 33 Switching on 44 Immobilizer 83 Activating 83 Deactivating 83 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and 390 warning Infant and child restraint systems 65 Installing 69 LATCH child seat anchors 71 Information About service and warranty 10 Button for Tele Aid 255 Inside rear view mirror Antiglare 168 Installing Infant and child restraint systems 69 Towing eye bolt 384 Wiper blades 365 Instrument cluster 22 126 307 413 Coolant temperature gauge 127 Illumination 126 Multifunction display 129 Outside temperature indicator 128 Selecting language 142 Instrument lighting 126 127 Integrated remote control Canadian programming 262 Erasing memory 263 Gate operator 262 Hand held transmitter Operation 262 Rolling code programming 261 259 Interior lighting 124 Activating automatic control 124 Deactivating automatic control 125 Delayed switch off 149 Manual operation 125 Interior rear view mirror Adjusting 38 Interior storage spaces 242 Glove box 242 J Jack 350 Jump starting 378 K Key Mechanical 353 Key SmartKey Changing the batteries 355 356 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Changing the batteries 355 356 KEYLESS GO Activating ignition with 33 Closing Trunk 102 103 Closing panorama sliding pop up roof 200 203
201. etting 89 94 Starting the engine 44 Unlocking with 30 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 91 Global locking and unlocking 94 Locking the vehicle 96 Loss of 96 Messages in display 335 Remote controls 91 Turning off the engine 53 Unlocking with 32 Smartkey dependency memory Settings 152 Snow chains 296 Solar panel 210 Spare fuses 385 Spare parts service 388 Spare wheel 350 Speed Saving current 212 Speed settings Cruise control 213 Distronic 219 220 Speedometer Displays 216 Settings units 141 Speedometer display mode Selecting 141 Split rear bench seat 236 Sporty driving style 226 SRS 415 SRS indicator lamp 23 56 316 Standing lamps 119 Replacing bulbs 362 Standing water 274 Starter switch 31 Positions 31 Starting difficulties 45 Starting position 31 Starting the engine 43 Steering column Height adjustment 37 Length adjustment 37 Steering gear oil Message in display 347 Steering wheel Adjusting 37 Cleaning 308 Electrical adjustment 37 Stolen vehicle Tracking services 258 Stopping Panorama sliding pop up roof 207 Sliding pop up roof 202 Windows 199 Storage compartments Glove box 242 Storage space under armrest 244 Storing Memory function Positions into memory 117 Submenus Convenience 150 For settings 131 In control system 133 Instrument cluster 141 143 Lighting 146 Resetting functions in Control system 139 Selecting 139 Settings menu 139 Vehicle 149 Sun visors 170 Supplemental Restraint
202. ew mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in raised position Glare can endanger you and others Warning TAN In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Warning A Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes H Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can be completely removed only while in the liquid state by applying plenty of water Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position gt Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 118 gt Make sure the Mirror adjustment parking aid function in the Conve nience submenu of the control system
203. f Model E 320 E 320 4MATIC E500 E500 4MATIC E55 AMG Capacity approx 1 1 US qt 11 approx 3 0 oz 85 g each 1 1 US qt 1 05 1 10 7 US qt 10 1 11 9 US gt 11 3 1 13 8 US qt 13 2 21 12 US gal 80 0 1 2 38 US gal 9 0 I Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB Power Steering Fluid Pentosin CHF 11S High temperature roller bearing grease MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Premium unleaded gasoline Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Air conditioning system R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lu bricant oil never R 12 Windshield washer 4 8 US qt 4 5 I MB Windshield Washer Concentrate Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning 7 4 US qt 7 0 I MB Windshield Washer Concentrate system Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 407 Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines Therefore use only engine oils recommended by Mercedes Benz Information on recom mended brands is available in the Factory Approved Service Product
204. fastening bolts until they lock into place Vehicle tool kit The vehicle tool kit is stored in the com partment underneath the trunk floor gt page 350 The vehicle tool kit includes e One towing eye bolt e One wheel wrench e One alignment bolt e One fuse extractor e Spare fuses Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Vv Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you are unable to unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey open the driver s door and the trunk using the mechanical key Unlocking your vehicle with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do P80 20 2390 31 one of the following Mechanical key locking tab e Press button or onthe Mechanical key SmartKey gt Move locking tab Q in the direction of e Insert the SmartKey in the starter the arrow and slide mechanical key switch out of the housing e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 33 Unlocking the driver s door Unlocking Locking gt Unlock the door with the mechanical key To do so push the mechanical key in the lock until it stops and turn it to the left Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the trunk gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock Locking the vehicle A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft wiss to position and hold it in this 1 80 m is required to open the t
205. feel any pulsation in the brake pedal gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The ABS ESP warning lamp flashes whenever the ABS is activated which can be an indication of hazardous road condi tions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal Safety and Security Driving safety systems A The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others Warning More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 311 Safety and Security Driving safety systems BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provi
206. filter will reduce the air volume to the interior If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris Do not obstruct air flow by placing ob jects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window 177 Controls in detail Climate control Decreasing gt Press the WM button Use temperature controls and to gt Turn the temperature control or The indicator lamp on the E button i slightly to the left goes out separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment The climate control system will corre Press air distribution rocker switch You should raise or lower the temperature spondingly adjust the interior air tem page 176 until the display shows setting in small increments preferably perature the desired setting starting at 72 F 22 C The current air distribution appears in the air distribution display Increasing gt Turn the temperature control or Adjusting manually Adjusting automatically slightly to the right Use air distribution control gt Press the REg button The climate control system will corre page 176 to adjust the air distribution spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature The indicator lamp on the button Symbol Function comes on The air distribution and vol ume is adjusted automatically Direc
207. fold down the left and right rear seat backrests The two sections can be folded down sep arately to enlarge the trunk A When expanding the luggage compartment always fold the seat cushions fully forward Warning Unless you are transporting cargo the back rests must remain properly locked in the up right position In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Always use the cargo tie down rings gt page 241 Folding the backrest forward You must always release the seat cush ion and fold it up before folding the seat backrests forward The upholstery on the seat backrest may otherwise be damaged py Release handle Controls in detail Loading ap gt Grip the back of seat cushion and gt Pull the handle in the trunk If tall persons have occupied the driv fold forward The seat backrest is released and the er s and front passenger seats it may Push the rear seat head restraints all head restraints fold back be necessary to move these seats for ward slightly in order to fold the rear seat backrests forward Pull release handle Q The seat cushion automatically springs upward slightly aaa y the way in i If the rear center seat is to be occupied while driving it may be necessary to fold the seat belt
208. for stor ing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the ruffled storage bag The ruffled storage bag cannot protect transported goods in the event of an acci dent Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment in the rear arm rest armrest up gt Press the handle upward and fold the Rear cup holder Bn P68 00 2993 3 gt Briefly press the front of the center armrest The cup holder extends automatically A When not in use keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during vehicle maneu vers Warning Ashtrays Center console ashtray Opening ashtray gt Briefly press the marking on the bot tom of cover Q The ashtray opens automatically A small rubber mat is located in the glove box If you wish to store coins tokens remove the ashtray in sert and insert the rubber mat in its place Empty ashtray insert and store l it in a convenient location in the vehi cle A Only use rubber mat in conjunction with storing coins tokens Always remove rub ber mat and or all other contents and rein sert ashtray insert before placing hot cigarettes or other hot smoking materials in this
209. fter turning the ignition on mal functions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than ten seconds or do not come on The message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP ap pears for approximately 10 seconds in the multifunction display Controls in detail Useful features A If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button remain illuminated constantly in red and or the message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP is displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected Warning If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as ex pected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatical ly e following an accident in which the emergency tensioning devices ETDs or airbags deploy e ifthe anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds See anti theft alarm sys tem gt page 84 and tow away alarm gt page 85 An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See below for instructions on in
210. g ma neuvers Warning Operation Driving instructions Warning VAN If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle in terior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning VAN The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose In dicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice For more information see Winter driving gt page 295 Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by
211. ge when driving with a Minispare wheel mounted The spare wheel should only be used tempo rarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible In the case of a flat tire you may tempo rarily use the Minispare wheel when ob serving the following restrictions e Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h e Drive to the nearest tire repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or re placed as appropriate e Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted 374 Lowering the vehicle Lower vehicle by turning crank coun terclockwise until vehicle is resting ful ly on its own weight Remove the jack P40 10 2695 31 Wheel bolts gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat ed Q to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Warning A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Before storing the jack in the trunk it should be fully collapsed Wrap the damaged wheel in the protec tive film that comes with the spare wheel and put the wheel in the trunk You can also place the damaged wheel down into the spare wheel well In this case you must stow the holder from the spare wheel well in the trunk Do not activate the tire inflation pres sure monitor until the
212. ger be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning VAN Keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency SmartKey i When changing batteries always re place both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any Mercedes Benz Center P80 35 2134 31 Mechanical key Remove mechanical key 1 gt page 353 Insert the mechanical key in side open ing and push gray slide The battery compartment is unlatched Pull the battery compartment out of the SmartKey housing in direction of ar row Remove the batteries P80 35 2075 31 Battery compartment Battery Contact spring for recycling Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent Practical hints Using a lint free cloth insert new bat teries under the contact spring with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment into hous ing until it locks into place SmartKey with KEYLESS GO i When changing batteries always re place both batteries The required replacement batt
213. gnals will flash three times to If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey then the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the SmartKey is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft e Check the batteries in the Smart 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid Key gt page 91 andreplace themif Press button until trunk unlocks necessary gt page 355 and begins to open e Use the mechanical key to unlock H the doors gt page 353 Unlocking and opening the trunk lid confirm locking You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately The trunk can also be opened from its in side in an emergency see Trunk lid emer gency release gt page 104 The trunk lid swings open upwards au e Have the vehicle batteries and their tomatically Always make sure there is connections checked sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system to stop the opening proce dure press button EBJ The trunk lid stops moving Checking the batteries gt Press button or ral Battery check lamp comes on brief ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter ies are in order If battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 355 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center i If the batterie
214. gt page 79 If the ESP cannot be turned back on have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possi ble gt When driving off apply as little throt tle as possible gt While driving ease up on the acceler ator gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather condi tions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 79 Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of accidents Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Suggested solution Canada only USA only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound You are driving with the parking brake set Release the parking brake gt Observe the additional message in the display The red brake warning lamp e There is a malfunction in the SBC brake Risk of accident Do not drive any fur comes on while driving system ther Consult a Mercedes Benz Service Center Under no circum stances should you top up the brake fluid This will not solve the problem e There is insufficient brake fluid in the res ervoir Warning N Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can re Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system sult in spilling brake fluid on hot engine p
215. gt D Practical hints Flat tire AN Follow recommend inflation pressures Warning Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicat ed by the label on the pillar in the driver s door opening Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to obtain a new TIREFIT container gt Bring used TIREFIT materials to an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper disposal A Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds Warning The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt Replace your TIREFIT container every four years Replacement containers are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle Prepare the vehicle as described under Preparing the vehicle on this page gt Take the sp
216. h your entire phone book Controls in detail Control system Press button or repeatedly until you see the Tel menu in the dis play Press button gg In the display you see the first number in the redial memory Press button Xj or R repeatedly until the desired name appears in the display Press button The control system dials the selected phone number 157 Controls in detail Automatic transmission Y Automatic transmission Information on driving with an automatic transmission is found in the Getting started section gt page 43 Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current operating and driving conditions If the operating conditions change the automatic transmission reacts by adjusting its gear shift program During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature The automatic transmission selects indi vidual gears automatically depending on e the gear selector lever position D with gear ranges gt page 160 the selected shift program C S gt page 164 or C S M E 55 AMG only gt page 165 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 164 e the vehicle speed The current gea
217. halt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and ex cessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of perfor mance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Technical data Consumer information Warning A The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered ADS Adaptive Damping System Automatically ada
218. hat to do if Possible solution gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible p gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages High beam left High beam right left Lamp sensor Visit workshop Low beam left Low beam right License plate lamp License plate lamp Possible cause The left high beam lamp is malfunction ing The right high beam lamp is malfunction ing The left license plate lamp is malfunction ing The right license plate lamp is malfunc tioning The lamp sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps switch on automatically The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning The right low beam lamp is malfunction ing Possible solution gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb
219. he SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is canceled With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp the outside door handle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The alarm is canceled Tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle i The tow away protection alarm is trig gered for example if the vehicle is lift ed on one side If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initi ated automatically by the Tele Aid sys tem gt page 250 provided that the Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming the tow away alarm When you lock your vehicle the tow away alarm is automatically armed after about 30 seconds When you unlock your vehicle the tow away protection disarms automatical ly Disarming the tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm feature switch off the tow away alarm be fore towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train The button is located on the overhead con trol panel Safety and Security Anti theft systems BA Tow away alarm off button gt Switch off the ignition and
220. he center console comes on for approximately six seconds and then goes out If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not func tioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the passenger seat More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 317 A The BabySmart airbag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Warning VAN When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport chil
221. he panorama sliding pop up roof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions The panorama sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 358 i You can also open or close the panora ma sliding pop up roof using the e SmartKey summer opening con venience future gt page 199 e button in the control panel of the automatic climate control gt page 186 e button J in the control panel of the automatic climate control gt page 192 Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof Opening and closing the panorama sliding pop up roof gt To open or close the panorama sliding pop up roof move the switch to resistance point in the required direction to Release the switch when the roof has reached the desired position Fully opening the panorama sliding pop up roof Express open gt Move the switch past the resistance point in direction and release The panorama sliding pop up roof opens completely i The panorama sliding pop up roof can not be closed fully Express close Stopping the panorama sliding pop up roof gt Move the switch in any direction 207 Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof Opening and closing panorama sliding pop
222. he tires are warm you should only cor rect the tire pressure if it is too low for cur rent operating conditions A table on the fuel filler flap lists the spec ified tire inflation pressures for warm and cold tires as well as for various operating conditions i The pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort Increased inflation pressures listed for heavier loads may also be used for light loads These higher pressures produce favorable handling characteristics The ride of the vehicle however will be somewhat harder Never exceed the maximum values or inflate tires below the minimum values listed in the fuel filler flap Tire pressure changes by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Tire temperature and tire pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load Check the spare tire periodically for condi tion and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary A Follow recommended inflation pressures Warning Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do
223. he trunk lamp will switch off automatically after approximately ten minutes Controls in detail Instrument cluster VY Instrument cluster A full view illustration of the instrument cluster can be found in the At a glance section of this manual gt page 22 The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e turn on the ignition e press the reset button gt page 22 e switch on the exterior lamps You can change the instrument cluster set tings in the instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 141 Instrument cluster illumination Use the reset button gt page 22 to adjust the illumination brightness for the instru ment cluster i The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps To brighten illumination gt Turn the reset button in the instrument cluster clockwise gt page 22 The instrument cluster illumination will brighten To dim illumination gt Turn the reset button in the instrument cluster counterclockwise gt page 22 The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature gauge A e Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned
224. htray 246 At the gas station AUDIO menu 134 Selecting radio station 134 Selecting satellite radio station Audio system CD mode 135 Automatic antiglare for rear view mirror 168 Automatic central locking Activating deactivating control system 149 411 278 135 Automatic climate control Temperature sensor 27 Automatic climate control 184 Adjusting air distribution 189 Adjusting air volume 179 190 Air recirculation mode 191 Defrosting 190 Rear window defroster 173 Residual heat utilization 194 Residual ventilation 194 Setting the temperature 188 Automatic headlamp mode 120 Automatic lighting control Activating 124 Deactivating 125 Automatic locking when driving Automatic transmission 158 Accelerator position 164 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 167 Gear ranges 160 Gear selector lever position Gear shifting malfunctions Kickdown 164 106 161 167 Manual shift program mode SL 55 AMG Kompressor 165 Manual shifting 159 One touch gearshifting 159 Program mode selector switch 164 Selector lever position 158 Starting the engine 43 Winter program mode 164 B BabySmartTM Airbag deactivation system 67 Compatible child seats 411 Self test 68 BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system 411 Backrest Folding forward 236 Folding rearward 238 BAS 76 411 Batteries SmartKey Changing 355 356 Check lamp 90 94 Checking 91 96 Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Changing 355 356 Checking 91 96
225. i 72 F 149 8 MI a Operation Maintenance i The additional after the type of ser vice indicates the degree of wear of the brake pads The brake pads may reach their wear limit in the time period up to the next service interval Have the brake pads checked and if necessary replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center during your next service appointment i The interval between services depends on your driving habits A gentle driving style moderate engine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Operation Maintenance Clearing the service indicator You can clear the service indicator gt Press the EAN button on the multi function steering wheel The service indicator is cleared and the standard display appears in the multi function display Service term exceeded TE If you have exceeded the suggested ser vice term you will see the following mes sage in the multifunction display Service A exceeded by XXXXX miles km Service A exceeded by XXX days Service A exceeded by X day Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the service indicator following a com pleted service Calling up the service indicator gt Switch the ignition on The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 129 gt Press button R or EAN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the FSS PLUS indicator
226. ication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air condi tioning cooling function of the automatic climate control system The air in the vehi cle will then no longer be cooled or dehu midified gt Press button QM The indicator lamp on the button comes on Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition ing gt Press again The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer If the air conditioning cannot be turned on again this indicates that the air con ditioning is losing refrigerant The com pressor has turned itself off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine Activating gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O or 1 or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button Gag The indicator lamp on button comes on Deactivating gt Press button Gag The indicator lamp on button goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after about 30 minutes e if the battery voltage
227. icator lamp Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt Pullremote trunk lid switch Q untilthe The trunk can also be opened using the Closing from the inside trunk begins to open SmartKey gt page 90 or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 104 gt Press the remote trunk lid switch gt page 99 until the indicator lamp in the switch goes out and the trunk lid is The trunk lid opens automatically The indicator lamp in the switch comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed closed Limiting opening height of trunk lid To interrupt the closing procedure Ei The trunk lid opening height can be limited j 8P The trunk lid swings open upwards au when transporting goods on a roof rack gt Release the remote trunk lid switch tomatically Always make sure there is e g presence of an MB sport luggage con sufficient overhead clearance To stop _tainer When activated the trunk lid opens Warning VAN the opening procedure press or pull to approximately the height of the roof the remote trunk lid switch edge Maintain sight of trunk area while operating You can activate the limiting opening the door mounted switch Monitor the clos i height of trunk lid using the control system Ing procedure carefully to ensure that no If the trunk lid does not open it is still gt page 150 one is in danger of being injured locked separately if applicable To interrupt the
228. iding pop up roof Synchronizing gt Remove the fuse from the main fuse The sliding pop up roof must be resyn box gt page 385 chronized each time e after the battery has been disconnect Re plage aha ince ithe ai Ugo ed gt Switch on the ignition e the sliding pop up roof has been gt Press and hold the switch in closed manually gt page 358 direction 3 until the sliding pop up e the sliding pop up roof does not open roof is fully raised at the rear smoothly Hold the switch for approximately one second e a malfunction The sliding pop up roof is synchro nized V Panorama sliding pop up roof A When opening or closing the panorama sliding pop up roof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure Warning If the panorama sliding pop up roof is closed with the convenience closing feature and becomes blocked it will not open auto matically Should this occur press the button on the SmartKey and hold it down the panorama sliding pop up roof opens again The panorama roof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shat ter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts prop erly as entire bod
229. ifunction display in 129 speedometer Operating control sys 130 tem Selecting the submenu or setting the volume E down to decrease up to increase Telephone Press button to take a call to dial a call to end a call to reject an incom ing call Item Page Menu systems Press but ton for next system for previous system Moving within a menu Press button Eag for next display for previous display At a glance Center console YV Center console Upper part Item Page Item Page Automatic climate control 184 Rear window sunshade 78 COMAND system see sep Seat heater driver s side 113 arate operating instruc Hazard warning flasher 123 ione switch Seat heater front passen 113 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 67 ger side indicator lamp Electronic Stability Pro 78 gram ESP control switch Central locking switch 107 Opening closing button 243 for storage tray or CD changer see separate op erating instructions Rear seat head restraints 110 switch folding down At a glance Center console Lower part Oo Item Page Ashtray 246 KEYLESS GO start stop 33 button Selector lever for automat 43 ic transmission 161 Parking assist Parktronic 229 system deactivation switch Adaptive damping system 226 ADS switch Item Vehicle level control switch Thumbwheel for setting distance for Distronic Dist
230. ight emitting diodes have stopped working The right turn signal in the side mirror is Have the LEDs replaced as soon as malfunctioning This message will only possible appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working The tire pressure is being checked The tire inflation pressure monitor is de gt Activate the tire inflation pressure activated monitor gt page 292 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Tire pres monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor is un Check the tire pressure at the next not activated able to monitor the tire pressure due to service station e the presence of several wheel sensors in the vehicle excessive wheel sensor tempera tures e a nearby radio interference source e unrecognized wheel sensors mount ed Tire pres monitor The tire pressure is being checked Pres display after driving a few mins Re activate using R button Warning A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects sive heat build up and possibly a fire the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Tire pres monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor is mal Have the tire inflation pressure moni Visit workshop functioning
231. ighting submenu 146 Malfunction memory menu Menus 132 133 413 Multifunction display 129 Multifunction steering wheel Selecting radio system 134 Selecting satellite radio system Settings menu 138 134 141 137 130 135 Standard display menu 134 Submenus 131 133 TEL menu 155 Trip computer menu 153 Vehicle submenu 149 Convenience submenu 150 Activating easy entry exit feature 150 Adjusting dynamic seat 153 Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror 152 Setting Smartkey dependency Coolant Checking level 285 Messages in display 329 330 331 Temperature gauge 127 Warning lamp 314 Coolant temperature 277 Cruise control 211 412 Canceling 212 Driving downhill 212 Driving uphill 212 Fine adjustment 213 Lever 218 Saving current speed 212 Setting speeds 213 Cruise control lever 211 Cup holder in the center console 243 Customer Assistance Center CAC 411 152 D Daytime running lamp mode 121 Setting 146 Deactivating Air conditioning 182 Air recirculation mode Alarm 84 Anti theft alarm system 84 Automatic climate control 181 186 Central locking control system 149 Climate control 176 Cruise control 212 Defrost 180 190 Distance warning function 223 Distronic 221 Engine with KEYLESS GO 53 ESP 78 Exterior lamps 120 Hazard warning flasher 124 Headlamps 52 Immobilizer 83 Interior lighting delayed switch off 149 Rear window defroster 173 181 192 Residual heat 183 Seat heater 1
232. ignal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the malfunction memory menu in the control system gt page 129 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the mul tifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display us ing the reset button gt page 22 and are then stored in the malfunction message memory gt page 137 Warning TAS All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated ad dressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Warning VAN No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative Contact your nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center i Turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice to position 2 causes all lamps as well as the multifunction display to come on Ensure that they are all in working order
233. ignals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Repeat the starting procedure gt page 43 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery gt Get a jump start gt page 378 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal function in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Parking brake P42 20 2117 31 Q Parking brake pedal Parking brake release handle Getting started Driving A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an acci dent and or serious injury Warning gt Release the parking brake by pulling on handle The warning lamp USA only or OJ Canada only in the clock goes out Getting started Driving Driving u i 1 gt Depress the brake pedal If you hear a warning signal when driv Warning A ing off you have forgotten to release It is dangerous to shift the gear selector le the parking brake 2 8 ver out of P or N if the engine speed is high gt Move selector lever to position D or R i Release the parking brake er than idle speed If your foot is n
234. ild restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident Safety and Security Occupant safety Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and may cause an accident and or serious personal injury BabySmart system airbag deactivation Indicator lamp l BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Safety and Security Occupant safety Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system With the special child seat properly installed the passenger front airbag will not deploy The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp located in the center console will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position 0 i The system does not deactivate the side impact airbag the window curtain airbag and the emergency tensioning device l BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp located in t
235. ime period Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see the reading that you want to reset in the display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 22 until the value is reset to 0 Call up range distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Range In the display you will see the calculat ed range based on the current fuel tank level Range 163M1 E 72 F a 149 8 MI P54 32 2094 31 TEL menu A A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the tele phone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic condi tions permit Warning Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 44 feet approximately 13 5 m every sec ond Never
236. in automatically within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if neither door nor trunk is opened the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press button EEN All turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressing only unlocks the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about five seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as fol lows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once Global unlocking gt Press button twice Global locking gt Press button A Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Restoring to factory setting e Use the mechanical key to lock the i gt Press and hold buttons and doors gt page 353 and the trunk If the trunk lid does not open it is still simultaneously for about six seconds lid if applicable gt page 105 locked separately gt page 105 until battery check lamp flashes If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con If the vehicle was previously centrally twice tact an authorized Mercedes Benz locked the trunk lid will lock automati H Center cally when closed gt page 99 The turn si
237. ine oil level 283 i You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio see separate operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Select satellite radio station The satellite radio is treated as a radio ap plication gt Select SAT radio with the correspond ing softkey in the radio menu C SAT mode and preset number Setting for station selection using memory Channel name or number Press button RA or Ea repeatedly until the desired channel is found i Feature description is based on prelim inary information available at time of printing Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satel lite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation At time of printing no date for the availability of optional equipment required for satel lite radio operation had been set Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Operate the CD player gt Turn on the radio and select the CD player Refer to separate operating in structions Controls in detail Control system gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently being played are shown in the display Current CD for CD changer Current track gt Press button R or EN repeated
238. ing temperature wait five minutes before checking oil gt Ifthe engine is not yet at normal operating temperature you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the following message will appear Engine oil level Reduce oil level gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty More information on messages in the display concerning engine oil can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 333 Adding engine oil w Only use approved engine oils For a listing of approved engine oils refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet in your vehicle literature port folio In addition check the oil filler cap for important information pertaining to the engine oil needing to meet a specific Mercedes Benz specification e g MB 229 5 If such information is printed on the oil filler cap only use an engine oil from the list of approved engine oils in the Factory Approved Service Prod ucts pamphlet that meets the specifi cation indicated on the oil filler cap Using engine oils of other specification may cause the FSS to incorrectly deter mine the next service interval and will result in engine damage not covered by the
239. ing pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e Airmatic adjusts the vehicle suspen sion characteristics automatically and controls the vehicle level e Parktronic system which assists the driver during parking maneuvers The BAS ABS ESP and SBC are described in the Safety and Security section gt page 74 Cruise control The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set any speed over 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever found on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 20 Controls in detail Driving systems A Cruise control is a convenience system de signed to assist the driver during vehicle op eration The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Warning Only use cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can resul
240. ing wheel Steering wheel with buttons for operat ing the control system Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking on the tachometer dial Avoid this en gine speed range as it may result in se rious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit motive power to the drive axles includ ing e Engine e Clutch torque converter e Transmission e Transfer case e Drive shaft e Axle shafts axles Program mode selector switch Used to switch the automatic transmis sion between standard operation S and operation C E55 AMG with steering wheel gearshift control and manual shift program in addition to S and C for sporty S or comfortable C operation you can use M for manual shift program Remote Vehicle Diagnostics Transmission of vehicle data and cur rent location to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for sub scribers to the Tele Aid service Restraint systems Seat belts belt tensioners airbags and child restraint systems As indepen dent systems their protective func tions complement one another RON Research Octane Number The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist
241. instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags there is the possibility of abra sions or other injuries resulting from air bag deployment When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front airbags Driver airbag Passenger airbag Driver and passenger airbags are de ployed e inthe event of a frontal impact e ifimpact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags The airbags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The front passenger airbag will only be de ployed if e the front passenger seat is occupied e the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 67 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact airbag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Side impact airbags window curtain airbags Side i
242. ion 2 and left there or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed twice The indicator lamp will go out when you start the engine The restraint systems are fully operational if the E indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been de tected if the E9 indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately four seconds e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For safety reasons we strongly recom mend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 316 Warning A In the event that the EY indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be ac tivated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessar ily which could also result in injury Improper work on the restraint systems in cluding incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment Work on the SRS m
243. ion on to the re sponse center Warning A If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is il luminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P54 25 3503 31 Cover SOS button gt Briefly press on cover Q The cover will open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Re sponse Center gt Close cover after the emergency call is concluded Controls in detail Useful features Warning VAN If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ve hicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Controls in detail Useful fe
244. ipers will oper ate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and wipers may be damaged as a result The switch should not be left in inter mittent setting as the wipers will wipe the windshield once every time the en gine is started Dust that accumulates on the windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry wind shield 170 Headlamp cleaning system The button is located on the left side of the dashboard Headlamp washer button gt Switch on ignition gt Press button Q The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet Information on filling up the washer reser voir can be found in the Operation sec tion gt page 288 Sun visors The sun visors protect you from sun glare while driving A Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Warning Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others gt Swing sun visors down when you expe rience glare Sun visor Mounting gt Swing sun visor down when you ex perience glare Sun visor Mirror cover Mirror lamp Vanity mirror gt Make sure the sun visor is properly en gaged in the mounting gt Lift the mirror cover to access the mir ror Lamp switches on Controls in detail P68 00 2981 31 Mounting Additional visor Sun visor If sunlight
245. ires or the vehicle 16 tires E320 E 320 4MATIC Rims light alloy 8Jx 16 Wheel offset 1 4 in 36 mm Summer tires radial ply tires All season tires radial ply tires 225 55 R 16 95H M S Winter tires radial ply tires i Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A tire inflation pressure table is located on the fuel fill er flap of the vehicle The tire pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow the tire manufacturer s mainte nance recommendation included with the vehicle 17 tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires radial ply tires All season tires radial ply tires Winter tires radial ply tires 18 tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires radial ply tires All season tires radial ply tires Winter tires radial ply tires E 320 E 500 Sport Package 8Jx 17 1 5 in 38 mm 245 45 R 17 95W 245 45 R 17 95V M S E 55 AMG 8Jx18 1 18 in 30 mm 245 40 R 18 93H M S or Technical data E 500 E 500 4MATIC 8 5Jx 17 1 5 in 38 mm 245 45 R 17 95H M S 245 45 R 17 95V M S 245 40 R 18 97V Extra Load M S Rims and tires E 320 4MATIC E 500 4MATIC Sport Package 8Jx 17 1 5 in 38 mm 245 45 R 17 95H M S 245 45 R 17 95V M S Technical data Rims and tires Mixed size tires E 55 AMG only E55 AMG Front axle AMG light alloy rims 8Jx
246. is tance always rests with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Warning A Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system i For operation in the USA only This de vice complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e this device may not cause harmful interference and e this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Warning A Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning A Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Warning A Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distronic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do
247. is tance trips you will need to have the bat tery charge checked more frequently When replacing batteries always use bat teries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe DOP P Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clear water and seek medical help if necessary Operation Engine compartment Wear eye protection Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual 00a Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Operation Engine compartment Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system The windshield washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment Washer fluid reservoir Fluid for the windshield washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the windshield washer reservoir It has a capacity of e Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system approximately 4
248. is activated automatically when an airbag is deployed The switch is located on the center con sole Controls in detail Lighting Switching on the hazard warning flasher gt Press the hazard warning flasher switch All turn signals will flash With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the re spective left or right turn signals will operate when the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 1 or 2 Switching off the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch again i If the hazard warning flasher was acti vated automatically press switch twice Interior lighting P82 00 2175 31 Switch for reading lamp left Switch for rear compartment lighting Switch for automatic function Switch for interior lighting in front Switch for reading lamp right Ambient lighting Interior lighting Reading lamps The controls are located in the overhead control panel Activating automatic control gt Press the switch Interior lamps are switched on in dark ness when you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The interior lamps are switched off follow ing an adjustable time delay gt page 149 i If the door remains open the interior lamps switch off automatically after ap proximately five minutes when the SmartKey i
249. is heavily loaded check tire pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under VA in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Operation Tires and wheels Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance driven A Tires and spare tire should be replaced after six years regardless of the remaining tread Warning Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantag es such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must ensure that the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the in tended direction of tire rotation Checking tire inflation pressure A Warning If the tire pressure drops repeatedly e Check the tires for punctures from for eign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Regularly check your tire pressure at inter vals of no more than 14 days Correct the tire pressure only when tires are cold If t
250. itch itself off after 30 seconds and the indicator lamp on the Parktronic system switch comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible If only the red segments of the Parktronic system warning indicator come on and no warning sounds then the sensors of the Parktronic system are dirty or malfunction ing Malfunction may also be caused by in terference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will switch itself off after 20 seconds gt Clean Parktronic system sensors gt page 305 gt Switch on the ignition or Check Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Controls in detail Loading V Loading Roof rack Preparing roof rack installation Ski sack gt Open trim at the trim strips in the Warning eke SC Secure the roof rack according to man Use only roof racks approved by ufacturer s instructions for installation Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow manu H facturer s installation instructions Load the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle cannot be damaged while driving Make sure Unfolding and loading e you can fully raise the sliding pop up roof or panorama Fold armrest down arrow sliding pop up roof gt Swing cover Q down e you can fully open the trunk gt D
251. itiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message EMERGENCY CALL CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunc tion display When the connection is estab lished the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunc tion display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the ve hicle determined by the GPS satellite loca tion system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID EMERGENCY CALL ACTIVE ap pears in the multifunction display The Re sponse Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if it has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response cen ter i Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the informat
252. ition EN or Ag When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are automatically switched on In low ambient light conditions the parking lamps will also switch on Canada only When you shift from a driving gear to position N or P the low beam switches off with a three minute delay For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps Controls in detail Lighting USA only The high beam headlamps can also be ac tivated when driving with the daytime run ning lamp mode activated and exterior lamp switch in position BR To activate the daytime running lamp mode see Setting daytime running lamp mode gt page 146 i See notes on the exterior lamp switch page 119 Locator lighting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the control system section under Setting locator lighting gt page 147 and Setting night security il lumination gt page 148 Controls in detail Lighting Switching on fog lamps i Switching on rear fog lamps The front fog lamps and rear fog lamp Make sure the low beam headlamps Warning AN cannot be switched on manually with are switched on exterior lamp switch in position ae f P P Ta gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to second In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions To activate the fog lamps turn
253. ittings for tether anchorages gt page 69 For information on LATCH type child seat mounts gt page 71 Warning VAN Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the Dis trict of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt or if so equipped a child restraint lower anchorage system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint man ufacturer of compliance with this stan dard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruc tion manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints Warning A Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger f
254. l Driving systems The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message Currently unavailable see oper manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system sensor gt page 305 i If the message Distronic clean sen sor See oper manual disappears dur ing driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately five seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved Distronic works again Turns and bends P54 70 2213 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Controls in detail Driving systems Offset driving Lane changing Narrow vehicles P54 70 2216 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle Because of its narrow profile the vehicle from your direct line of travel may not be changing lanes There will be insufficient traveling near the edge of the roadway has detected by Distronic There will be insuffi distance to the lane changing vehicle not yet been detected by Distronic There cient distance to the vehicle ahead will be insufficient distance to the vehicle ahead Controls in det
255. l Measuring now Measurement correct only if veh level Engine oil level Measuring now Measurement correct only if veh level 72 F 149 8 MI One of the following messages will subsequently appear in the indicator Engine oil level ok Add 1 0 qt to reach max oil level Canada 1 0 liter Add 1 5 qts to reach max oil level Canada 1 5 liters Add 2 0 qts to reach max oil level Canada 2 0 liters Operation Engine compartment i If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BA or EN button on the multifunction steering wheel gt f necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 284 More information on engine oil can be found in the Technical data section gt page 400 and gt page 403 Other display messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO start stop button is not in position 2 the following message will appear Turn on ignition to see engine oil level gt Switch on the ignition If you see the message Observe waiting period Operation Engine compartment gt If engine is at normal operating temperature wait five minutes before repeating check procedure gt If engine is not yet at normal operating temperature wait 30 minutes before repeating check procedure If you see the message Engine oil level Not when engine on gt Turn off the engine gt Ifthe engine is at normal operat
256. l threaded hole for towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover and snap into place Rear of vehicle P88 20 2276 3 Cover on right side of rear bumper To remove cover gt Pull cover in the direction of the arrow gt Fold cover down to reveal threaded hole for the towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover and snap into place V Fuses Only install fuses that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz and that have the specified amperage rat ing Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuse box in passenger compartment ee ee Cover Opening gt Pull cover Q open with a screwdriver or similar tool gt Remove cover Q rearward Closing gt Attach cover Q in the front gt Fold cover Q in until it engages 7 i Cover Catches gt Turn catches G anti clockwise and re move cover 2 Practical hints Fuses Fuse chart The fuse chart is found in the fuse box in the passenger
257. ld lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation in structions regarding use of an external an tenna Operation Driving instructions Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial con trol of the pollutants in the exhaust emis sions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Service Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat which could start a fire Operation Driving instructions Warning A As with any vehicle do not idle park or op erate this vehicle in areas where combusti ble materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire
258. ld wipers in inter mittent setting when the vehicle is tak en to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Wipers will oper ate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and wipers may be damaged as a result The switch should not be left in inter mittent setting as the wipers will wipe the windshield once every time the en gine is started Dust that accumulates on the windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry wind shield Single wipe gt Press switch briefly in the direction of arrow Q The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Push switch in the direction of arrow past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid Information on filling up the washer reser voir can be found in the Operation sec tion gt page 288 If anything blocks the windshield wip ers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons or turn off the engine by turning the SmartKey to position 0 and withdraw SmartKey from starter switch turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch before attempting to remove any blockage Getting started Driving Remove blockage
259. le The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 153 start Fuel consumption statistics since last reset 154 Call up range distance to empty 154 Controls in detail Control system Fuel consumption statistics after start gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button J or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the left display After start After start 2 30h 150M1 60mph 18 4mpq b agem Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start Controls in detail Control system Fuel consumption since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the Trip computer menu gt Press button a or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play After reset After reset 0 30h 29M1 S8mph 18 4mpg ELF 149 8 MI P54 32 2277 31 Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset 3 Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last re set i All statistics stored since the last en gine start will be reset approximately four hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 with in this t
260. leaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to en gine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss Do not blend any specific fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary costs and may be harmful to the engine op eration Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro
261. ller sunblinds gt Move the switch in any direction Opening and closing the panorama sliding pop up roof The panorama sliding pop up roof can be opened and closed electrically The switch for the panorama sliding pop up roof is on the overhead control panel The panorama sliding pop up roof only op erates with the sunblinds opened P77 00 2100 31 Push back to slide roof open Push forward to slide roof closed Push up to raise roof Pull down to lower roof A When opening or closing the panorama sliding pop up roof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure Warning The opening procedure of the panorama sliding pop up roof can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the switch in any di rection The closing procedure of the panorama sliding pop up roof can be immediately halted by releasing the switch When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury Do not transport any objects that pro trude out of the panorama sliding pop up roof as the seals could be damaged Do not open t
262. lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle P40 10 2692 31 Jack take up bracket Jack Crank gt Position jack 2 on firm ground under P40 10 2691 31 the respective jack take up bracket Q gt Onwheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wrench 371 Practical hints Flat tire P40 00 2042 31 Make sure the foot of the jack is directly under the take up bracket so that it is al ways vertical plumb line as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an in cline gt Turn crank 3 until the tire is a maxi mum of 1 2 in 3 cm off the ground Never start engine while vehicle is raised 372 A Position the jack only on the jack take up brackets designed for this purpose If the jack is not properly positioned the ve hicle may slip off of the jack Warning A Warning The jack is intended only for lifting the vehi cle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle Never lie down under the raised ve hicle Do not start the engine when the vehi cle is raised Removing the wheel P40 10 2693 31 Alignment bolt gt Unscrew the upper most wheel bolt and remove Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt Q supplied in the tool kit Remove the remaining bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand
263. ls that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Service Book let are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the pe riod of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if
264. ltifunction display If you press on the accelerator when the engine has reached its rpm limit the transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Effect The transmission shifts through sixth gear only applies only to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission The transmission shifts through fifth gear only applies only to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission The transmission shifts through fourth gear only The transmission shifts through third gear only With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine Effect The transmission shifts through second gear only Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions The transmission operates in first gear only For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Gear selector lever position Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in position P to secure the vehicle Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey
265. ly until the desired track is selected Si To select a CD from the magazine press a number on the COMAND system SmartKey pad located in the center console Controls in detail Control system NAVI menu The Navi menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message Navi in the display e Ifthe navigation system is switched off the message Navi Off is shown in the display e Ifthe navigation system is switched on the message Navi Active is shown in the display Please refer to the COMAND manual for in structions on how to activate the route guidance system Distronic menu Use the Distronic menu to display the cur rent settings for your Distronic system What information is shown in the display depends on whether the Distronic system is active or inactive Please refer to the Driving systems sec tion of this manual gt page 214 for in structions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following two pictures in the display Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the display 72 F a 149 8 MI Vehicle ahead if detected Actual distance to vehicle ahead Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Distronic activated When
266. mats or carpets in the driver s footwell have sufficient clear ance for the pedals During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belts Warning VAN Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The airbags can only protect as ex pected if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 62 Warning VAN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmar compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag
267. may also have malfunctioned Certain electronic systems are unable to gt relay information to the control system The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display You are attempting to drive with one or gt more doors open Continue driving with added caution Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Close the doors Display symbol Display messages USA only Add 1 Qt engine oil at next refueling Canada only dd 1 Liter engine oil t next refueling A a Engine oil level Stop engine off Engine oil level Reduce oil level Possible cause The engine oil level is too low There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine damage You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging the engine or the catalytic converter Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt Add engine oil gt page 284 and check the engine oil level gt page 283 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine gt Add engine oil gt page 284 and gt check the engine oil level gt page 283 Have oil siphoned or drained off Ob serve all legal requirements with re sp
268. mory 137 Settings menu 138 Standard display 134 Submenus 131 TEL 155 Trip computer 153 Miles kilometers in speedometer Setting 141 Minispare wheel Mounting 373 Mirrors Adjusting 38 Automatic antiglare for rear view mirror 168 Automatic antiglare for inside mirror 168 Exterior rear view mirror 38 Exterior rear view mirror parking positions 152 169 Interior rear view mirror 38 Storing exterior mirror parking position 118 MON 279 MON Motor Octane Number 413 Mph or km h in speedometer 141 Multicontour seat 111 Multifunction display 129 414 Selecting language 142 Standard display 133 Multifunction display messages ABS 319 Batteries 320 324 325 Brake fluid 328 Brake pads 326 Check engine 313 Coolant 330 331 Coolant level 329 Distronic 320 Doors 332 Easy entry exit feature 327 347 Fuel reserve tank 335 Hood 335 Lamps 338 Parking brake 327 SBC brake system 326 327 SmartKey 336 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 335 Steering gear oillevel 347 Tele Aid 345 346 Telephone 346 Tires 342 Trunk 347 Washer fluid 347 Multifunction steering wheel 414 Buttons 130 Navigation system See separate COMAND operating instructions 136 Night security illumination 121 24 130 o Occupant safety 56 Airbags 57 Children and airbags 58 Children in the vehicle 65 Fastening the seat belt 40 Infant and child restraint systems 65 LATCH child seat anchors 71 Seat belts 40 60 Oil Adding 284 Che
269. mpact airbags Window curtain airbag The side impact airbags and window cur tain airbags are deployed e onthe impacted side of the vehicle e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e independently of the front airbags In addition the window curtain airbags 2 are deployed e in certain vehicle rollovers Safety and Security Occupant safety The front passenger side airbag will only deploy if the system senses that the front passenger seat is occupied The side impact airbags and window cur tain airbags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment threshold Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt non usage warning lamp illuminates to remind you and your passengers to fas ten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened before the engine is start ed the seat belt non usage warning lamp illuminates and a warning chime sounds for approximately six seconds when the engine is started The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fas tened whenever the vehicle is in motion For more information see Fastening the seat belts gt page 40 i For information on infants and children traveling with you in the
270. mpromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Vv Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will ex change or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Spare Parts and Accessories Warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information Booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels Y Identification labels e 2 d m S amea 2 j a Ea Eas SS At dd n Certification label Vehicle Identification Number VIN Information label California version Vacuum line routing for emission con trol system Engine number engraved on engine Emission control label When ordering spare parts please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers Technical data Layout of poly
271. n proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Y The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de The more cautiously you treat your vehicle T tailed information on operating maintain during the break in period the more satis Additional instructions for AMG vehi ing and caring for your vehicle fied you will be with its performance later cles e During the first 1000 miles e Drive your vehicle during the first 1500 km do not exceed a speed 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but of 85 mph 140 km h moderate vehicle and engine speeds i f f e During this period avoid engine e During this period avoid heavy loads speeds above 4500 pm in each full throttle driving and excessive en gear gine speeds no more than a of maxi mum rpm in each gear All of the above as may apply to your vehi e Avoid accelerating by kick down cle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle d the rear differential has been replaced down by shifting to a lower gear using the selector lever e e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when Always obey applicable speed limits driving at moderate speeds for hill d
272. n 2 and back to 0 The delayed shut off feature is deacti vated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton on the gear selector lever gt page 33 Interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether and for how long you would like the interior light ing to remain lit during darkness after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Light ing submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Interior lamp delayed shut off The selection marker is on the current setting Interior lamp delayed shut off NA 5 ane we fil gt m or E to select the de sired lamp on time period You can se lect e 0 s the delayed shut off feature is deactivated e 5s 10s 15 sor 20 s the delayed shut off feature is activated Controls in detail Control system Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to make general vehicle settings The follow ing functions are available Function Page Set automatic locking 149 Limiting opening height of trunk 150 lid Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated
273. n detail Control system Selecting speedometer display mode gt gt Press or E to set the temper gt ature unit to degrees Celsius C or degrees Fahrenheit F Move the selection marker with the or E button tothe Instr cluster submenu Press button aj or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Display unit Speed odometer The selection marker is on the current setting i 149 3 MI Press or E to set speedome ter unit to kmor miles Controls in detail Control system Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with the or E button tothe Instr cluster submenu gt Press button EAN or ed repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Language The selection marker is on the current setting Language fran ais italiano 72 F 149 8 MI Press or E to select the lan guage to be used for the multifunction display messages Available languages e German e English e French e Italian e Spanish Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for status display gt Move the selection marker with the or E button tothe Instr cluster submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Status line display The selection marker is on the current setting Status lire display Op Outside temp 72 F a 149 8 MI gt Press or E to select
274. n of the emergency release but ton The button will flash for 30 minutes af ter opening the trunk The button will flash for 60 minutes af ter closing the trunk i If the emergency release button is pressend and the vehicle was centrally locked from the outside using the SmartKey the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound as the trunk lid opens To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing With the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press the or button on the SmartKey With KEYLESS GO e Grasp the outside door handle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button Separately locking the trunk Your vehicle may be equipped with a func tion permitting the separate locking of the trunk using the mechanical key If present this feature can permit you to deny any un authorized person access to the trunk by locking the trunk separately and leaving the SmartKey less the mechanical key with the vehicle To verify the presence of this feature use the mechanical key to lock the trunk and then attempt to open the trunk Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The lock is located next to the recessed gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk handle lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 4 The trunk remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked e You can only cancel the separate trunk locking mode by means of the mechan
275. n order See the Practical hints section for malfunction and warning messages gt page 318 Should any malfunctions occur while driv ing the number of malfunctions will reap pear in the display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch i The message memory will be cleared when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 You will then only see high priority malfunc tions These are highlighted by red background gt page 318 Settings menu In the Settings menu there are two func tions e The function To reset Press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings e A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu is seen in the display Settings To reset Press reset button for 3 ene AX 1432 i Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub menus to the factory settings gt Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster gt page 22 for approxi mately three seconds In the display you will see the request to press the reset button again to con firm gt Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings i The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm
276. n the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 91 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm ing safety systems eft systems Safety and Security Occupant safety Y Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Emergency tensioning device e Airbags e Child seats e Child seat recognition e Lower anchors and tethers for children LATCH As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each oth er i For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 65 The GSH indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e for about four seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once It then goes out briefly comes on again and re mains lit until you start the engine e for about four seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button i The EH indicator lamp comes on and remains lit if the SmartKey is turned to posit
277. n turn signals will flash three times to an emergency see Trunk lid emergency confirm locking release gt page 104 The trunk can also be opened using the SmartKey gt page 90 or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 104 Closing the trunk Handle gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on handle Q gt Close trunk lid with hands placed flat on it P72 20 2201 31 A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be espe cially careful when small children are around Warning A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as visibility blockage exhaust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Warning i Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk lid will open automatical ly if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Trunk lid opening closing system You can open the trunk from the inside if the vehicle is stationary Opening from the inside A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid The switch for opening and closing the trunk is located on the driver s door Q Remote trunk lid switch with ind
278. nd an obstacle e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The Parktronic system is automatically ac tivated when you switch on the ignition and release the parking brake The Sensors in the front bumper The operational function of the Parktronic Parktronic system deactivates at speeds system can be affected by dirty sensors es over 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds pecially at times of snow and ice See the Parktronic system turns on again Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 305 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be tak en into consideration Controls in detail Driving systems Range of the sensors To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors P54 65 2730 31 Bam E an le anes l teh ast comment 40 20 O in O 20 48 fin P54 65 2700 31 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 48 in 120 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm H During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g planters or trailer hitches The
279. nd panorama sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately one second gt Release the button to stop proce dure Make sure all side windows and the pan orama sliding pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Closing the panorama sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO The power windows gt page 197 will also be closed when the panorama sliding pop up roof is operated with KEYLESS GO gt Press and hold lock button at driver s door gt page 54 until the side win dows and the panorama sliding pop up roof are closed A When closing the windows and the panora ma sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure Warning If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release the lock button e Pull on the door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the panorama sliding pop up roof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door is not opened Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof Synchronizing the panorama sliding pop up roof It is necessary to resynchronize the pan orama sliding pop up roof after voltage supply interruption due to a disconnected or discharged battery the roof has been closed manually the roof has been opened with an abrupt movement a malfunction Remove the fuse from the main fuse box gt page 385 Replace the fuse in the main fuse
280. ng air VOIUME se eeeeeeee 190 Standard display menu 134 SUM VISOTS oria i a 170 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 190 AUDIO Men ssosnisniininiaa 134 Rear window sunshade 172 De frOSting aniren a 190 NAVI MenU s ssssessssesssessseesseesssees 136 Roller sunblind in the rear doors 172 Air recirculation mode 0 191 Distronic Menu 136 Rear window defroster 173 Charcoal filter ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 192 Malfunction memory menu 137 Climate Control ee seeeeseeeeeeeeees 174 Deactivating the climate Settings MENU cceeeereeseeeeeees 138 Setting the temperature 178 control SYSTEM eeeeeeeseeeeteeeeee 193 Trip computer mMenu 153 Adjusting air distribution 178 Air conditioning 0 0 eee 194 TEL MENUS cs tices eiavelidl ee ecils 155 Adjusting air volume ee 179 Residual heat and ventilation 194 Automatic transmission 00 158 DefOSTING nonini 179 Rear air conditioning 195 One touch gearshifting 159 Air recirculation mode 006 180 Power WINCOWS sseeeesseeeeeteeeeeeees 197 Gear range cee eee eeni itie 160 Deactivating the climate Opening and closing the windows 197 Gear selector lever position 161 control SYSTEM eeeseeceeseeeeeteeees 181 Synchronizing power windows 200 Steering wheel gearshift control Air conditioning 182 Sliding pop
281. ng and indicator lamps 216 Door control panel 28 Door entry lamps 125 Door handle 28 Door unlock With Tele Aid 257 Doors Message in display 332 Opening from inside vehicle 97 Opening from outside 94 Downhill driving Cruise control 212 Downshifting 159 Drive Dynamic seat 112 Driving General instructions 40 Hydroplaning 271 In winter 273 Problems 50 Safety systems 74 With Distronic 223 Driving hints SBC brake system 81 Driving instructions 267 Driving off 270 Driving safety systems 4MATIC 82 ABS 74 BAS 76 ESP 76 412 SBC brake system 79 Driving systems 211 Airmatic DC 226 Cruise control 211 Distronic 214 Driving safety systems 74 Vehicle level control 227 DTR see Distronic 412 Dual control Airmatic DC 226 E Easy entry exit Message in display 327 347 Easy entry exit feature 108 Activating 150 Interrupting movement 108 151 Electrical fuses 385 Electrical system 397 Electronic Stability Program see ESP 76 412 Emergency call system 250 Emergency calls Initiating an emergency call 253 With Tele Aid 252 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 167 Opening closing Sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof 358 Releasing trunk lid from inside 104 Emergency operations Remote door unlock 257 Unlocking the trunk lid 354 Unlocking the vehicle 353 Emergency tensioning device see ETD 64 412 Emission control 276 Ending A call telephone 156 Engine 392 Compartment 281 Message in
282. ng lamp mode 146 USA only Set locator lighting 147 Ambient light level 147 Exterior lamps delayed shut off 148 Interior lighting delayed shut off 149 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt Move the selection marker with the or FES button to the Lighting submenu gt Press button EAN or Bed repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Lamp circuit headlamp The selection marker is on the current setting Pein ad ae Su Lamp circuit CU gt j headlamp constant 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2086 31 gt Press or E to select manual or daytime running lamp constant mode This function is not available in countries where daytime running lamps are mandatory With daytime running lamp mode se lected and the exterior lamp switch at position 0 the following lamps will come on automatically when the en gine is turned on e Parking lamps and low beam head lamps e License plate lamps in low ambient light conditions i If you turn the exterior lamp switch to another position the corresponding lamp s will switch on For safety reasons resetting the Lighting submenu to factory settings gt page 138 while driving will not re set the daytime running lamp mode In the display you will then see the mes sage Lighting Setting locator lighting During darkness the following lamps will come on when the exterior lamp switch is in position EJ the locator lighting fea ture
283. ng lanes Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liq uid state and by applying plenty of wa ter The buttons are located on the drivers door P88 70 2178 31 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 2 Adjustment button Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button gt Make sure the ignition is switched on All the lamps in the instrument cluster come on Press button 3 for the left mirror or button Q for the right mirror Push adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the setting de sired If an exterior rear view mirror was forc ibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front reposition it by applying firm pressure until it snaps into place The mirror housing is now properly posi tioned and you can adjust the mirror normally i The memory function gt page 116 lets you store the setting for the seat posi tion together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors At low ambient temperatures the mir rors will be heated automatically For more information see Activating exte rior rear view mirror parking position gt page 169 Getting started Adjusting Getting started Driving V Driving Warning A Do not lay any objects in the driver s foot well Be careful that floor
284. ning VAN Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Warning A Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation or to failure Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver airbag front passenger airbag side impact air bags head protection window curtain airbags for side windows ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device and front seat knee bolsters The system is de signed to enhance the protection of fered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front airbags and side side impact and window curt
285. nk lamp 125 Cleaning 307 Limiting the gear range 160 Light sensor 338 Limp Home Mode 167 Lighter see Cigarette lighter 247 Loading 233 Lighting 119 Cargo tie down rings 241 Automatic headlamp mode 120 Instructions 240 Combination switch 123 Roof rack 233 Daytime running lamp mode 121 Ski sack 233 Split rear bench seat 236 Locking 51 88 Automatic while driving 106 Centrally from inside 107 Fuel filler flap 278 Global with KEYLESS GO 94 Global SmartKey 89 Separately the trunk 105 Vehicle in an emergency 354 Vehicle with KEYLESS GO 96 Loss of SmartKeys 91 96 Low beam headlamps Messages in display 338 Replacing bulbs 359 Lowering Vehicle 374 M Main Dimensions 398 Maintenance 12 Malfunction Displaying 137 Malfunction memory 137 Calling up 137 Clearing 138 MANUAL Shift program mode SL 55 AMG Kompressor Manual headlamp mode 120 Manual operations Fuel filler flap 357 Interior lighting control Locking the trunk 105 Sliding pop up roof or panorama slid ing pop up roof 358 Unlocking the drivers door 353 Unlocking the transmission lever Unlocking the trunk lid 354 Massage function 113 MAXCOOL maximum cooling Mechanical key 353 165 125 357 190 Memory function 116 413 Recalling positions from memory 117 Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing positions 118 Storing SmartKey dependent settings 117 Menus 132 AUDIO 134 Control system 413 Distronic 136 217 In control system 132 133 Malfunction me
286. nk re cessed handle again 257 Controls in detail Useful features Stolen vehicle tracking services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered inci dent report Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your password issued to you when you subscribed to the service The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is lo cated the Response Center will con tact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be pro vided to law enforcement Garage door opener The built in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices for example garage door openers gate openers or other devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems You can program the signal transmitter buttons P68 00 3367 31 OOG Signal transmitter key Indicator lamp Hand held transmitter button Hand held remote control trans mitter not part of the vehicle equipment A Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate op erator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Warning When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When program ming a gate operator the gate opens or closes
287. not depress brake pedal Press on electric air pump switch The electric air pump should now switch on and inflate the tire EH Do not operate the electric air pump longer than eight minutes without in terruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again af ter it has cooled off After five minutes the pressure gauge must display at least 26 psi 1 8 bar The air hose can become hot during inflation Please exercise appropriate caution gt If this tire pressure is not attained turn off the electric air pump detach the fill er hose from the tire valve and drive vehicle back and forth very slowly ap proximately 30 ft 10 m This serves to better distribute the TIREFIT sealant material inside the tire gt Unscrew the air pump s air hose from flange of the TIREFIT contain er gt Screw air hose onto tire valve Inflate the tire again Warning A If a tire pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar is not at tained tire is too severely damaged for TIREFIT to provide a reliable tire repair In this case TIREFIT cannot properly seal the tire Do not drive the vehicle Contact the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt After attaining a tire pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar press 0 on electric air pump switch 8 The electric air pump should now be switched off or Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position O gt page 31 Press the K
288. not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicat ed by the label on the pillar in the driver s door opening Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Checking tire pressure electronically The tire inflation pressure monitor only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is is sued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display gt page 129 The present inflation pressures are displayed only after a few minutes travel time Operation Tires and wheels You can select the unit of measure used for the tire inflation pressure by changing the setting in the control system gt page 143 i Possible differences between the read ings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The readings issued by the control sys tem are more precise v Switch on ignition Press the R button until the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display Operation Tires and wheels
289. nt of the windshield free of snow and debris Do not obstruct air flow by placing ob jects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window Setting the temperature Use temperature control 3 for the left side or G for the right side to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C i When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution Controls in detail Automatic climate control Increasing Adjusting air distribution Adjusting manually gt Press left or right BURJ Push ftem t E E i o a a a Cant clnener Use the air distribution controls and 7 Sich sand BELE gt page 176 to separately adjust the air The indicator lamp in the R button The automatic climate control system distribution on each side of the passenger goes out par ea e adjust the interior Peale The oe symbols are gt Turn air distribution controls on each al temperature OUNO ON ENE COnMONS side of the passenger compartment to 7 the desired symbol Decreasing Symbol Function y gt Push bottom of temperature control Directs air through the center Adjusting automatically rocker switch and or side and rear passenger com gt Press left or right WIJ button again The indica
290. nt to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Brakes Warning VAN After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly salted roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 76 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument clus ter stays on th
291. nutes if the outside temper ature is above approximately 41 F 5 C At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Charcoal filter An activated charcoal filter markedly re duces bad odors and removes pollutants from air entering the passenger compart ment Activating gt Press button E3 The indicator lamp on the button comes on i If you keep button pressed the side windows and the sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof will close A Warning Never operate the side windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof if there is the possibil ity of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure Vehicles with sliding pop up roof The pro cedure for the windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the respective window switch The procedure for the slid ing pop up roof can be immediately halted by moving the switch for the sliding pop up roof in any direction The closing of the side windows and the slid ing pop up roof can be reversed by again pressing and holding the REJ button Vehicles with panorama sliding pop up roof The procedure for the windows and panorama sliding pop up roof can be imme diately halted by releasing the IEJ button Deactivating gt Press button Ey The indicator lamp on the butt
292. o tices printed in the Safety and security section gt page 62 Warning BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp C Retractor Latch plate Buckle Release button Getting started Getting started Driving gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the Proper use of seat belts e Position the lap belt as low as possible seat belt outlet on your hips over hip joint and not e Do not twist the belt when fastening across the abdomen Pisce ie Erle Over your shoulder e Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder e Place the seat backrest in a nearly up Push latch plate into buckle until portion is located as close as possible a it clicks to the middle of the shoulder it should right position gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to not touch the neck or pass under the e Neverusea seat belt for more than one a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion arm person at arume up e Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same Belt outlet height adjustment time e Check your seat belt during travel to ensure that it is properly positioned e Ensure that the seat belt is always fit ted snugly You should avoid wearing bulky clothing such as winter coats when traveling in the vehicle Release button gt Press release button Q and move the seat belt height adjuster upward or downward Warning A Do not pass belts over sharp edges They
293. on goes out i If you keep button EEJ pressed the side windows and the sliding pop up roof will return to their previous posi tion The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode if the carbon monoxide CO or nitrogen oxide NOx concentration of the outside air increases beyond a predetermined level The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if ACOFF mode is selected or if the outside temperature has fallen below 41 F 5 C The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside or if the passenger compartment needs to be quickly heated or cooled down Deactivating the climate control sys tem Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the automatic climate control system gt Press button E until the display is cleared The climate control system is deacti vated Controls in detail Automatic climate control Reactivating gt Press button WH again i With the climate control system deacti vated the air flow and circulation are switched off Only choose this setting temporarily to prevent the windows from fogging up Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator i Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an ind
294. on the door handle Controls in detail Power windows the automatic reversal function will not op erate When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury i You can also open or close the win dows using the following e SmartKey summer opening con venience feature gt page 199 e Button in the control panel of the climate control gt page 176 e Button Eg in the control panel of the automatic climate control gt page 186 197 Controls in detail Power windows gt Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to The corresponding window will move The corresponding window closes com position 1 or 2 or press the KEY upwards until you release the switch pletely LESS GO start stop button once or If the upward movement of the window is myles Warning TAS blocked during the closing procedure the e SSMS Wino will stop and open slightly If you pull and hold the switch up when clos ing the window and upward movement of Warning the window is blocked by some obstruction E A Driver s door only If within five seconds switch is again pulled You can still operate the windows when the key is in starter switch position O or h
295. onic sensors Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water When using a steam cleaner or power washer aim nozzle only briefly from a min imum distance of 11 8 in 30 cm at sensors 1 Operation Vehicle care To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor Do not at tempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Wiper blades a Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield to a vertical posi tion only They could otherwise dam age the hood gt Turn on the wipers and place it in a ver tical position For information on placing the wipers in a vertical position see Replacing wiper blades gt page 364 gt D gt D Operation Vehicle care A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the wiper blades otherwise the wiper motor might suddenly turn on and cause injury Warning gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Window cleaning Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield to a vertical
296. ons below gt Press and hold button after un locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to open after approximately one second gt Release transmit button to interrupt procedure Closing Convenience feature gt Press and hold button after lock ing the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately one second gt Release the button to stop proce dure Make sure all side windows and the slid ing pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Closing the sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO The power windows gt page 200 will also be closed when you operate the sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO gt Press and hold lock button at door gt page 54 until the side windows and the sliding pop up roof are closed Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof Warning A When closing the windows and the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the clos ing procedure The sliding pop up roof will not automati cally reopen if blocked during convenience closing If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release the lock button e Pull on the door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the sliding pop up roof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof Synchronizing the sl
297. op up roof can be immediately halted by moving the switch for the sliding pop up roof in any direction The closing of the side windows and the slid ing pop up roof can be reversed by again pressing and holding the button Vehicles with panorama sliding pop up roof The procedure for the windows and panorama sliding pop up roof can be imme diately halted by releasing the button Deactivating gt Press button Ray The indicator lamp on the button goes out i If you keep button pressed the side windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof will return to their previous posi tion The air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after five minutes if the outside temper ature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after five minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temper ature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Controls in detail Climate control At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Deactivating the climate control sys tem Deactivating gt Press button E gt page 176 Reactivating gt Press button H again gt page 176 or gt Press any button on the climate control panel gt page 176 Controls in detail Climate control Air conditioning Activating Residu
298. operation of the sys tem At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed fur ther or bring it to a stop Warning Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display field The thumbwheel for making the time set ting is located on the lower section of the center console AN It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning Controls in detail Driving systems Distance warning function on off switch Control lamp Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel G towards BEA Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a shorter following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 3 towards REA Distance warning function When Di
299. or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care prod ucts Additional information can be found in the booklet Vehicle Care Guide Power washer When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe the manufac turer s operating instructions i Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEY LESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inad vertently locked or unlocked Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connec tors seals or other rubber parts Operation Vehicle care Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up normally every three to five months
300. ot firmly Wait for the gear selection process to on the brake pedal the vehicle could accel complete before setting the vehicle in After a cold start the automatic transmis erate quickly forward or in reverse You motion sion engages at a higher revolution This al could lose control of the vehicle and hit lows the catalytic converter to reach its someone or something Only shift into gear Release the brake pedal operating temperature earlier when the engine is idling normally and when our right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Carefully depress the accelerator k pedal Warning VAN Once the vehicle is in motion the automat ic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down More information on driving can be found On slippery road surfaces never downshift in the Operation section gt page 267 in order to obtain braking action This could T result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi i cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre Simultaneously depressing the acceler vent this type of loss of control ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Switching on headlamps Turn signals and high beam The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Exterior lamp switch Off Low beam headlamps on
301. ou may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Change the wheel gt page 370 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tire pressure Change the wheel gt page 370 vvvvyy Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrubt steering and braking maneuvers Change the wheel gt page 370 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tire pressure yY yy Change the wheel gt page 370 Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Wiis pres TFL The left front tire is deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Caution avoiding abrupt steering and braking Tire dereer maneuvers gt Change the wheel gt page 370 Tire pres FL The right rear tire pressure is low gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt DMSO UTS gt Check the tire pressure gt Change the wheel gt page 370 Tire pres FR The right front tire is deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Caution avoiding abrubt steering and braking Tire derect maneuvers gt Change the wheel gt page 370 Tire pres FR The right front tire pressure is low gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Creek tires Change th
302. ould imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e Near the ocean e In industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e During winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent
303. ountries please be aware that write to e service facilities or replacement parts In the USA il may not be readily available Nercedes Benz USA LLC e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat European Delivery Department alytic converters may not be available One Mercedes Drive the use of leaded fuels will damage the Montvale NJ 07645 0350 catalysts y In Canada e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction Where to find it VY Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator For easy access each section has its own reference color uI At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the driver s seat E Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle SSS Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety features of your vehicle ee Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed in your vehi cle This section expands on the Getting started
304. ous personal injury You can activate the following functions e Steering column Only the steering column is adjusted e Steering column and seat The steering column and the seat are adjusted The easy entry exit feature can be switched on or off in the convenience sub menu of the control system gt page 150 i To cancel seat steering wheel move ment do one of the following e Press seat adjustment switch gt page 28 e Move steering column stalk gt page 37 e Press the memory switch gt page 28 Controls in detail Seats Removing and installing front seat ap Installing front head restraints head restraints Tilt the backrest to the rear for easier Press switch Q upwards and hold for n i i i Information on head restraint adjustment ane neonate etl Deca aput Tive seconds can be found in the Getting started sec i gt Push the head restraint down until it tion gt page 36 engages Front seat head restraints gt Adjust head restraint to desired posi Warning A tion gt page 36 For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation P91 16 2149 31 Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restrain
305. ovide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds airbags will not be activat ed The driver and passenger will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A proper ly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Safety and Security Occupant safety We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags that are designed to acti vate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passen gers that you replace deployed airbags and repair any malfunctioning airbags to ensure that the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety and Security Occupant safety Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and airbag Warning A Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts in stalled or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Airbags and emergency tensioning de vices ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An airbag or ETD that was activated must be replaced Do not pass belts over sha
306. p of a sun sensor the automat ic climate control determines the relation of the sun to the vehicle and automatically adjusts the inside temperature for every in dividual zone You can set the temperature for each of the 4 zones separately These settings can be assigned to a SmartKey and stored in memory gt page 152 The automatic climate control is operation al whenever the engine is running It cools the vehicle s interior according to the an gle and intensity of the sun s rays the out side temperature and the selected temperature You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode 187 Controls in detail Automatic climate control Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the ACOFF mode is selected gt page 186 Warning A Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others 188 i Severe conditions e g strong air pollu tion may require replacement of the fil ter before its scheduled interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off Keep the air intake grille in fro
307. p or down ri gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch The memory function gt page 116 lets to position 1 or 2 you store the setting for the seat posi Gii tion together with the setting for the gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop steering wheel and the exterior rear button once or twice view mirrors or For more information see Heated steer ing wheel gt page 248 gt Open the driver s door Getting started Adjusting Mirrors Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic condi tions Warning A In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Interior rear view mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view mirror More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 168 Exterior rear view mirror Warning A Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changi
308. page 88 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and e You can combine KEYLESS GO func lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tions with normal SmartKey functions tended in the vehicle or with access to an e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi locking with the remote control P80 35 2087 31 le equipment may cause serious personal Always carry the SmartKey with SmartKey outy KEYLESS GO with you Lock button e Never store the SmartKey with Unlock button for the trunk lid HI KEYLESS GO together with Mechanical key locking tab To prevent possible malfunction avoid ae Unlock button exposing the SmartKey with e Electronic items such as a cellular Battery check lamp KEYLESS GO to high levels of electro phone or another SmartKey with Panic button gt page 73 magnetic radiation KEYLESS GO For more information on using the z Metallic objects such as coins or SmartKey buttons see SmartKey O metal foil gt page 88 You can also open and close the power Doing so could impair the function of windows gt page 197 and the KEYLESS GO system sliding pop up roof gt page 201 or panorama sliding pop up roof gt page 208 using the SmartKey To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS
309. passenger compartment 195 Adjusting 34 Air distribution 178 189 Air volume 178 179 190 Backrest tilt 36 Exterior rear view mirror 38 Head restraint height 36 Head restraint tilt 36 Instrument cluster illumination 126 Interior rear view mirror 38 Mirrors 38 Multicontour seat 111 Seat cushion depth 111 Seat cushion tilt 36 Seat fore and aft adjustment 35 Seat height 36 Seats 34 Steering column height 37 Steering wheel 37 Adjusting steering column in or out 37 Adjusting steering column up or down 37 Adjusting the dynamic seat 153 Air conditioning cooling Turning off 182 194 Turning on 182 194 Air distribution Adjusting 178 189 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure 290 Air recirculation mode 180 191 Activating 180 191 Deactivating 181 192 Air vents rear passenger compartment Adjustable 195 Air volume Adjusting 178 179 190 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 317 Airbags 57 BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system 411 Children 58 Front 61 Passenger 61 Safety guidelines 60 Side impact 61 Window curtain 61 Airmatic DC Dual Control Alarm Audible 73 85 Canceling 85 Visual 84 Alarm system Anti theft 84 Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 372 411 226 352 Antiglare Automatic 168 Antilock brake system ABS Anti theft alarm system Arming 84 Canceling alarm 85 Disarming 84 Anti theft systems 83 Anti theft alarm system 84 Immobilizer 83 Tow away alarm 85 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning 271 As
310. ps in the driver s field of vision in cluding the tachometer speedometer and fuel gauge Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the transmis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Lock button Button on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the lock button down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and exterior mirror posi tions for each SmartKey Technical terms Menu The control system displays are ar ranged in menus Each menu contains a number of commands for particular systems In the Audio menu for exam ple you will find the commands SELECT RADIO STATION or OPERATE CD PLAYER Using commands you can directly change the settings for your vehicle MON Motor Octane Number The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized meth od It is an indication of a gasoline s ability to resist undesired detonation knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and gt RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Technical terms Multifunction display The display field in the instrument clus ter used to present information provid ed by the control system Multifunction steer
311. pts the optimum sus pension damping to prevailing driving conditions Airmatic DC Airmatic Dual Control Automatically selects the optimum sus pension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Airmatic consists of two com ponents e Adaptive Damping System e Vehicle level control Alignment bolt Metal pin with thread The centering pin is an aid used when changing a tire to align the wheel with the wheel hub BabySmart airbag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front airbag when sucha seat is properly installed PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp located in the center console comes on See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability BabySmart compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the passenger seat prevents deployment of the pas senger front airbag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed BAS Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it senses an emergency based on how fast the brake is applied Technical terms Bi Xenon headlamps Headlamps which use an electric arc as a light source and produce a more in tense light than filament headlamps Bi Xenon headlamps produce low beam and high
312. que 374 415 Time Setting hours 144 Setting minutes 144 145 Tire inflation pressure 368 Setting units 143 Tire speed rating 415 Tire traction 272 TIREFIT 350 TIREFIT kit Preparing TIREFIT 367 Sealing tires with TIREFIT 366 TIREFIT kit 366 Tires 408 Driving instructions 270 Messages in display 342 Messages in the display 340 341 Retreads 289 Service life 290 Temperature 291 Tread depth 295 Wear pattern 293 Winter 295 Tires and wheels Tire inflation pressure 290 Tools 352 Tow away alarm 85 Arming 85 Disarming 85 Disarming for transport 85 Towing eye bolt vehicle tool kit Installing 384 Towing the vehicle 381 Tracking services For stolen vehicle 258 Traction 164 415 Transmission fluid level 285 Tread depth tires 295 Trip computer 153 Trip odometer Resetting 127 Trunk Closing the lid 99 Lamp 125 Lock button KEYLESS GO 96 Message in display 347 Opening 97 Opening from inside vehicle 98 Opening from the inside 99 Separately locking 105 Tie down rings 241 Trunk lid 99 Trunk lid emergency release 104 Unlocking and opening with KEYLESS GO 95 Unlocking and opening with SmartKey 90 Unlocking in an emergency 354 Trunk lid Closing 99 Turn signals 47 Additional in mirrors 359 Front bulbs 359 Turning off Engine 52 U Units Setting speedometer units 141 Setting temperature units 141 Setting tire inflation pressure units 143 Unlocking 30 88 353 Centrally from inside 107 Driver s door in an emergency 35
313. r dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or 366 0123 in Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline At a glance Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel At a glance Cockpit YV Cockpit Gre Oe Item Parking brake pedal Hood lock release Steering wheel adjustment stalk Heated steering wheel Parking brake release Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Page 45 51 281 37 248 45 47 48 47 28 119 Item Headlamp washer button Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Horn Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operating instructions Page 170 218 214 DE 126 24 130 0000 O At a glance Cockpit Item Page Starter switch 31 Front Parktronic warning 229 indicator Overhead control panel 27 Mobile phone Glasses box 242 Glove box lid release glove 242 box lock Glove box 242 Center console 25 At a glance Instrument cluster VY Instrument cluster ALE Gy 12
314. r rear view mir si ror position In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach opera Front passenger seat position tion and comfort Both the interiorand These SmartKey dependent memory set outside rear view mirrors should be ad tings can be deactivated if desired justed for adequate rear vision gt page 152 Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Controls in detail Memory function The memory switch is located on the door Storing positions in memory Recalling positions from memory gt Adjust the seats steering wheel and gt On memory button press and hold exterior rear view mirrors to the de stored position button 1 2 or 3 until sired position gt page 34 the seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors have fully moved to Press memory button M oe the stored positions Release memory button and press stored position button 1 2 or 3 within a three seconds Releasing the button immediately All the settings are stored at the select stops movement to the stored posi M Memory button ed position tions 1 2 3 Stored positions gt Be sure the ignition is switched on or Warning A the relevant door is open and the SmartKey is inserted in the starter Do not operate
315. r recirculation mode will not switch on automatically Controls in detail Automatic climate control A Warning Never operate the windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof if there is the possibil ity of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential dan ger Vehicles with sliding pop up roof The pro cedure for the windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the respective window switch The procedure for the slid ing pop up roof can be immediately halted by moving the switch for the sliding pop up roof in any direction The closing of the side windows and the slid ing pop up roof can be reversed by again pressing and holding the button Vehicles with panorama sliding pop up roof The procedure for the windows and panorama sliding pop up roof can be imme diately halted by releasing the button Controls in detail Automatic climate control Deactivating gt Press button Ray The indicator lamp on the button goes out i If you keep button pressed the side windows and the sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof will return to their previous posi tion The air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after five minutes if the outside temper ature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after five minutes if the air conditioning is turned off ACOFF e after 30 mi
316. r selector lever position and shift program C S or C S M appear in the multifunction display gt page 129 An additional indication of the current gear selector lever position can be found on the cover of the shifting gate The indicators come on when you activate a switch e g unlocking the vehicle or opening a door and go out after approximately 15 minutes Warning A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal When the gear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually One touch gearshifting Even with an automatic transmission you can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in position D Downshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 160 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and redu
317. r to this until the frequency signal has been Canadian law some U S gate operators learned Upon successful training the The integrated remote control trans are designed to time out in the same indicator lamp will flash slowly and mitter continues to send the signal as manner then rapidly after several seconds long as the button is pressed up to NE i P 20 seconds If you live in Canada or if you are having dif Proceed with programming step 5 and ficulties programming a gate operator re step 6 to complete gardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Erasing the integrated remote control memory gt Switch on ignition gt Simultaneously hold down the signal transmitter buttons Q and for ap proximately 20 seconds until the indi cator lamp 4 blinks rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased i If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Controls in detail Useful features Reprogramming a single integrated signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal trans mitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Press and hold the desired signal trans mitter button or Do not re lease the button gt The indicator lamp will begin to flash af ter 20 seconds Without releasing the integrated signal transmitter butto
318. r which a tire is ap proved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires Vehicle level control The ground clearance of the vehicle is automatically controlled according to a selected setting and speed The driver can set the ground clearance manually for example on very rough roads VIN Vehicle Identification Number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the body to uniquely identify each vehicle produced Voice control system Voice control system for car phones portable cell phones and audio sys tems radio CD etc A ABS 74 411 ABS control 75 Malfunction indicator lamp 310 Messages in display 319 Warning lamp 310 Accelerator position automatic transmission 164 Accident Incase of 50 Activating Air conditioning cooling 182 194 Air recirculation mode 180 191 Anti theft alarm system 84 Automatic climate control 186 Central locking control system 149 Charcoal filter 192 Climate control 176 Defrosting 179 Distance warning function 223 Distronic 219 Easy entry exit feature 150 ESP 79 Exterior headlamps 47 Exterior lamps 120 Front fog lamps 122 Hazard warning flasher 124 Headlamps 47 High beams 123 Ignition 31 Ignition with KEYLESS GO 33 Immobilizer 53 83 Rear fog lamp 121 122 Rear window defroster 173 Residual heat 182 194 Seat heater 113 Tow away alarm 85 Windshield wipers 48 Adding Engine oil 284 Additional turn signal 359 Adjustable air vents rear
319. r windows can no longer be operat ed using the switches located in the rear doors i Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door is still possible For more information on power windows see the Controls in detail section gt page 197 Y Panic alarm An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate for approximately 22 minutes button P80 35 2088 31 Activating gt Press and hold button for at least 1 second Deactivating gt Press button Q again or gt Insert SmartKey in starter switch Safety and Security Panic alarm i For operation in the USA only This de vice complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and Security Driving safety systems V Driving safety systems In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems e ABS e BAS Brake Assist System Antilock Brake System e ESP Electronic Stability Program e SBC Sensotronic Brake Control e AMATIC Four Wheel Electronic Traction System i
320. rature display disappears ap proximately five seconds after the last SmartKey confirmation and switches back to the normal display The normal display will appear when the button is pressed again Vv Power windows Opening and closing the windows The side windows can be opened and closed electrically The switches for all of the side windows are on the driver s door The switches for the respective windows are on the front passenger door and the rear doors C Rear window override switch gt page 72 Right front window Right rear window Left rear window Left front window Warning A When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing of the door windows can be im mediately halted by releasing the switch or if switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch If the window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you pulled the switch past the resistance point and released it to close the window the automatic reversal function will stop the window and open it slightly If the window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the window by pulling and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by press ing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO
321. re drive wheels are spinning the ABS ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster flashes regardless of the speed Traction control brakes a spinning wheel even when the ESP is deactivated The ESP always operates when you are braking even when it has been deactivat ed Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty A Warning When the ABS ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP button Q The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode Turn on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore The SBC brake system The SBC brake system combines a hydrau lic brake circuit with electronically con trolled brake servo assistance You have increased braking safety and improved braking comfort A Never ignore a brake malfunction indicated in the speedometer display for example by the USA only or Canada only warning lamp Refer to the Practical hints section gt page 312 Also read and ob serve the messages in the instrument clus ter display gt page 318 Warning Safety and Securit
322. reviously locked with the central locking switch e while in the selective remote con trol mode only the door opened from the inside is unlocked e while in the global remote control mode the vehicle is unlocked com pletely when a door is opened from the inside LYA Controls in detail Seats V Seats Information on seat adjustment can be found in the Getting started section gt page 35 Easy entry exit feature With the easy entry exit feature activat ed the steering wheel tilts upwards and the driver s seat moves to the rear This allows easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver s door is opened However the engine must be turned off When the SmartKey is inserted in the start er switch or you have pressed the Key less Go start stop button and the driver s door is closed the steering wheel and the driver s seat return to their last set positions Warning A You must ensure that no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and driver s seat when the easy entry exit feature is activated the driver s door is being opened and the engine is turned off or the SmartKey removed from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or seri
323. riving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may grad ually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should Keep tires at the recommended infla tion pressures Remove unnecessary loads Remove roof rack when not in use Allow engine to warm up under low load use Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Service Booklet and as required by the FSS Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly country Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals A Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Warning Operation Driving instruc
324. rn luggage bowl clockwise to its stop to secure the spare wheel Always lower trunk floor before closing trunk lid Minispare wheel A The dimensions of the Minispare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a Minispare wheel mounted The Minispare wheel should only be used temporarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible Warning In the case of a flat tire you may tempo rarily use the Minispare wheel when ob serving the following restrictions e Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h e Drive to the nearest tire repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or re placed as appropriate e Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Practical hints Where will I find More information can be found in the Technical data section gt page 396 Luggage box D i Q Fastening clip Luggage box gt Turn fastening clips to the left up wards from fastening bolts gt Lift luggage box in the area of the fas tening bolts and remove it from trunk Practical hints Where will I find Install luggage box eB E FN gt Insert luggage box into trunk so that fastening clips are in line with fastening bolts gt Push front edge of luggage box in direc tion of arrow under cover of trunk sill gt Press fastening clips onto
325. rns and can occur just by opening damage which is not covered by the the engine hood Stay away from the engine Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Coolant The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop immediately and check the Stop engine off poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an in operative water pump which may re sult in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Warranty Coolant The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunc gt Observe the coolant temperature dis Visit workshop tioning play gt Have the fan replaced as soon as pos sible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Display malfunction Display malfunction Visit workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Door open Possible cause Possible solution The instrument cluster display is malfunc tioning The displays for several systems have gt malfunctioned Some systems them selves
326. ront air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the ch
327. rp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger airbag cov er door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional elec trical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projec tiles and cause head and other injuries when curtain airbag is deployed An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated Do not touch Improper work on the system including incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unin tended activation of the SRS e In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inop erative or causing unintended airbag de ployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety
328. runk lid is open EJ Washer fluid The fluid level has dropped to about 1 gt Add washer fluid gt page 288 Check level of total reservoir capacity Warning N Do nol add steering oil without checking the steering system If the level of steering gear oil in reservoir is Do not drive the vehicle Have the system too low the steering power assistance could checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz fail Much greater effort will then be needed Center as soon as possible to turn the steering wheel Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Vehicle rising Level selec canceled Stop car too low Visit workshop Possible cause Possible solution Your vehicle is adjusting to your level se lection The Raised level setting is canceled at Reactivate the Raised level setting vehicle speeds of over 75 mph 120 km h The vehicle level control is malfunction Avoid excessive steering input The fend ing er or tires could otherwise be damaged Listen for scraping noises Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Drive to the side of the road and se lect a higher vehicle level Depending on the type of malfunction this may raise the vehicle s level There is otherwise danger of an accident The system is functional only to a limited Do not drive faster than 50 mph extent 80 km h The system display or the system is mal Have the vehicle checked
329. runk lid position If you are unable to lock the vehicle with gt Pull trunk lid handl d lift th the SmartKey lock it with the mechanical If you are unable to unlock the trunk with 4 Bni id handle and li e key as follows trunk lid y the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO open the i iune withthe mechanical key gt Close the passenger doors and the T trunk Deaan above the rear li AA H sure there is sufficient gt Press the central locking switch in the p overhead clearance cockpit gt page 107 li gt Check to see whether the locking S knobs on the passenger doors are still Unlocking your vehicle with the me visible If necessary push them down chanical key will trigger the anti theft manually alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following gt Slide mechanical key 2 out of the SmartKey e Press button or on the SmartKey gt Lock the driver s door with the me i chanical key gt page 354 eee e Insert the SmartKey in the starter y gt pag Unlocking in an emergency switch gt Check if the trunk is locked If neces Handle gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp the outside door handle e Press the start stop button sary lock the trunk with the mechanical key if appilcable gt page 105 Changing batteries in the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the vehicle can no lon
330. s Pamphlet or at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always check the oil filler cap gt page 285 for important information pertaining to the engine oil needing to meet a specific Mercedes Benz specifi cation e g MB 229 5 If such informa tion is printed on the oil filler cap only use an engine oil from the list of ap proved engine oils in the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet that meets the specification indicated on the oil filler cap Using engine oils of other specification may cause the FSS to incorrectly deter mine the next service interval and will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow FSS recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so could result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air condition ing system Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of
331. s are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key immediately to your car insurance company gt Ifnecessary have the mechanical lock replaced Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Specially equipped vehicles come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote controls and a removable mechan ical key The locking tabs for the mechani cal key portion of the two SmartKeys are a different color to help distinguish each SmartKey unit The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you grasp a door handle If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Important notes on using KEYLESS GO Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey SmartKey from the starter switch take the gt
332. s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Controls in detail Useful features A Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call Warning If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions per mit Observe all legal requirements gt D gt D Controls in detail Useful features Bear in mind that at a spee
333. s for calling up and changing settings For in structions on using these submenus see the Settings menu section gt page 139 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in you vehicle Controls in detail Control system The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll through the menus E O 72 F PHONE OFF lobe g E 150M1 2 30h h 18 4mpg BNG 13 O setts To reset Press reset button for 3 seconds No Malfunction The table on the next page provides an overview of the individual menus 2 AUDIO OFF G Nav off YA qy 2 t6 z00 150 oft mE av P54 32 2407 31 Controls in detail Control system Menus submenus and functions Menu Q Menu Menu Menu Men Menu Menu Q Menu Standard dis AUDIO NAVI Distronic Malfunction Settings Trip computer Telephone play memory Digital speed Select radio Activate Call up set Call up malfunc Reset to factory Fuelconsumption Load phone ometer station route guid tings tion messages settings statistics after book ance start Call up FSS Operate CD Instrument clus Fuelconsumption Search for a PLUS player ter submenu statistics since name in gt the last reset phone book Check tire pres Time Date sub Call up range pi sure menu 3 Check engine oil Lighting sub le
334. s removed or in starter switch position 0 An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Deactivating automatic control gt Press the switch The interior lighting remains switched off even when you e centrally unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Manual control Switching rear interior lights on and off gt Press button The lights in the rear passenger com partment go on gt Press button again The lights in the rear passenger com partment go out Switching left front reading lamp on and off gt Press button Q The left reading lamp goes on gt Press button Q again The left reading lamp goes out Switching right front reading lamp on and off gt Press button The right reading lamp goes on gt Press button again The right reading lamp goes out Controls in detail Lighting Door entry lamps The appropriate door entry lamp switches on if a door is opened in darkness and if the interior lighting is switched to the auto matic function The entry lamp goes out automatically when the door is closed i If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or remove the SmartKey the door entry lamps will re main lit for approximately five minutes Trunk lamp The trunk lamp switches on if the trunk lid is opened If you leave the trunk open for an extended period of time t
335. secssssencecsccscesivesesepont 214 Cigarette lighter cesses 247 PArKIN Gs cxsscecesteuteenseveessesepsarennest 270 Airmatic DC Dual Control 226 12V socket ciocane 248 e ssvist ats Benstisiniienenen 270 Parktronic system Heated steering wheel 248 Hydroplaning ceeceeseeseeeeeeees 271 Parking aSSiSt ceeeeeeeeeeees 229 Telephone oo eeeeseeseseeseseeeeneeeees 249 Tire traction oo ceceseeeseeeeteeteeeees 272 Tele Aid ccecccccccssssceessceesseeeees 250 Tire speed rating cceeceeeeesees 272 Garage door Opener sses 258 Winter driving instructions 273 Standing water 274 Passenger compartment 274 Driving abroad 0 eee 274 Control and operation of radio transmitter eeeeeeeeee 275 Catalytic Convertel cccceee 275 Emission Control sses 276 Coolant temperature 000 277 At the gas station eee 278 Check regularly and before a long iposi 279 Engine compartment eee 281 HOOI sorsien ee 281 EMBING Oilasini 282 Transmission fluid level 285 Coolant level ee eeeseeeeeseeeees 285 Battery eesotsa 287 Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system 288 Tires and wheels 289 Important guidelines 289 Life of tife ss ccdesieenicianeveniceeces 290 Direction of rotation 290 Checking tire inflation pressure 290 Rotating wheels eee 293 Winter C
336. sers 51 Switching off headlamps 52 Turning off engine eee 52 LL E Memory function oee 116 Safety and Security 55 Controls in detail 87 Storing positions in memory 117 Occupant safety 56 Locking and unlocking 88 Recalling positions from AIDES 2325030 in 57 SmartKey sirenu aiaei 88 MEMO na e a ENE 117 Seat Delts cc ecsssceeeessssteeeeeees 62 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 91 Storing exterior rear view Children in the vehicle 65 Opening the doors from the inside 97 mirror parking position 118 Blocking of rear door window Opening the trunk 0 0 cece eeeeee 97 Lighting cceccccseesesecseseeseseeseseeseeeeaes 119 OPS atlOM sessir ne 72 Closing the trunk 99 Exterior lamp switch 06 119 Panic alarm ccccccccssssceceesssteeeeeseseees 73 Trunk lid opening closing Combination switch eeee 123 ACHIVALING essien ni cid te 73 SYSTEMI sireci nisn eei 99 Hazard warning flasher 123 Deactivating c ssssccsceversoersensestooees 73 Trunk lid emergency release 104 Interior lighting cece 124 Driving safety systemS ee 74 Separately locking the trunk 105 Door entry lamps ccccseeseeeees 125 ABS errenneren ai 74 Separately unlocking the trunk 106 Trank laMe 125 BAS sis ss ctiecisencicoutecteensenanl 76 Automatic central locking 106 Instrument cluster ccccsssseeeee
337. sion will go into the last can be activated automatic shift program mode selected i S or gt Stop the vehicle gt Restart the engine v Program mode M is not stored Move gear selector lever to P i gt Turn off the engine The last selected automatic program gt ie least ten seconds before mode S or C is switched on when the restarting engine is restarted in the automatic gt Restart the engine program mode gt Move gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 167 Controls in detail Good visibility YV Good visibility Information on the windshield wipers gt page 48 and for setting the rear view mirrors gt page 38 is found in the Get ting started section Rear view mirror Automatic antiglare rear view mirror The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mir ror The rear view mirror will not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Warning VAN The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear vi
338. sponsiveness Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Battery Alternator The battery is malfunctioning gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe Stop vehicle to do so Adjust driving to be consis tent with reduced braking responsive ness The SBC brake system requires electrical energy and therefore has only limited op eration Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping dis gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz tance is increased Center Undervoltage The battery has insufficient voltage gt Start the engine gt page 43 Charge battery Malfunction The consumer battery has insufficient The electrical consumers will come back Electrical consumers voltage and can no longer supply the con online as soon as on board voltage is suf switched off venience functions such as seat ventila ficient tion Backrest rear right The rear seat backrest is not engaged gt Adjust the rear seat backrest until it is not locked fully engaged in position Backrest rear left The rear seat backrest is not engaged Adjust the rear seat backrest until it is not locked fully engaged in position Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Possible cause Possible solution Eola Brake wear The brake pads have reached their wear gt Brake pad thickness must be visually Visit workshop limit inspected at the intervals spe
339. ssenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning A The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Glove box Glove box lid release Compartment for mobile phone glasses Opening the glove box gt Push lid release Q The glove box lid opens downward Closing the glove box gt Push lid up to close i gt Press button Q to open Prior to closing the glove box close the compartment for glasses first The control panel swings out upward out Storage compartment in the center console no CD changer installed Never place any medications in the er failure the storage compartment cannot be opened gt Press button to close Cup holder in the center console AT Opening closing button and the storage compartment extends storage compartment If there is a pow Controls in detail Useful features gt Briefly press the marking in the back of the cover The cover opens Briefly press marking on the cup hold er The cup holder extends automatically The cup holder can be removed for cleaning Clean the cup holder only with clear lukewarm water Make sure to insert the cup holder in the guides when
340. standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belts E 55 AMG 211 076 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 9 1 469 hp 6100 rpm 350 kW 6100 rpm 516 Ib ft 2650 rpm 700 Nm 2650 rpm 4500 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Belt one 1289 mm Belt two 2449 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corre sponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Technical data Engine Technical data Rims and tires Y Rims and tires Use only tires and rims which have been specifically developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Other tires and rims can have detrimental effects such as e Poor handling characteristics e Increased noise e Increased fuel consumption Same size tires Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load ex hibit dimensional variations and differ ent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts This may result in damage to the t
341. starter switch is in posi tion 0 Tail light left The left tail lamp is malfunctioning A gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Back up light on backup bulb is being used Center as soon as possible Tail light right The right tail lamp is malfunctioning A Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Back up light on backup bulb is being used Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display messages Back up lig TUM SIGs Back up lig Turn sig Back up lig TUPA Silas eft mirror Ur SIGs activated Reactivate Turn signal Turn signal Back up light rear left t on rear right on front left t on front right t on right mirror Tire pres monitor Tire pres monitor Possible cause Possible solution The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible tioning A backup bulb is being used The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible tioning A backup bulb is being used The left front turn signal lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible tioning A backup bulb is being used The right front turn signal lamp is mal Replace the bulb as soon as possible functioning A backup bulb is being used The left turn signal in the side mirroris Have the LEDs replaced as soon as malfunctioning This message will only possible appear if all l
342. stronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning sounds If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead When pressing the brake pedal the warn ing sound stops The warning sound also stops when the distance to the vehicle ahead is sufficient again without applying the brake pedal In this case the distance warning lamp also extinguishes A If the DTR warning lamp in the instru ment cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is re quired Warning As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible ob stacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will re sult in an emergency braking application Especially depending on road surface condi tions and driver reaction this will not always enable you to avoid a collision i Complex driving situations are not al ways fully recognized by Distronic This could result in wrong or missing dis tance warnings Controls in detail Driving systems Activating Driving with Distronic Distronic regulates only
343. sts proceed as fol lows e Release the lock button e Pull on the door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the sliding pop up roof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Synchronizing power windows The power window must be resynchro nized each time e after the battery has been disconnect ed e if the power windows cannot be fully opened Express open or closed Ex press close Synchronizing the power windows gt Switch on ignition gt Pull the power window switches until the side windows are closed Hold the switches for approximately one second The power windows are synchronized YV Sliding pop up roof Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof The sliding pop up roof can be opened and closed electrically The switch for the sliding pop up roof is on the overhead control panel P77 00 2100 31 Push back to slide roof open Push forward to slide roof closed Push up to raise roof at rear Pull down to lower roof at rear With the roof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard against sun rays When sliding the roof open the screen will also retract Warning A When closing the sliding pop up roof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing procedure of the sliding pop up roof can be immediately halted by releasing the
344. submenu 139 Selective 89 94 Settings menu Functions in 138 Individual vehicle settings 138 Submenus 139 Shift lock 415 Shifting Gear selector lever positions 161 Into optimal gear range automatic transmission 159 Side impact airbags 61 Side marker lamps 359 363 Side windows Automatic opening 198 Cleaning 306 Closing 197 198 199 Closing with KEYLESS GO Closing with SmartKey 199 Opening 197 199 Opening fully Express open 198 Opening with SmartKey 199 Stopping 199 Synchronizing power windows 200 Simultaneous wiping and washing Windshield wipers 49 200 203 Single wipe 49 Ski sack 233 Removing 236 Unfolding and loading 233 Unloading and folding 235 SL 55 AMG Kompressor MANUAL shift program mode 165 Sliding pop up roof 201 Closing 201 Closing with KEYLESS GO Closing with SmartKey 202 Opening 201 Opening with SmartKey 202 Stopping 202 Synchronizing 204 Sliding pop up roof or panorama slid ing pop up roof Emergency operations 358 SmartKey 88 Battery check lamp 89 94 Checking the batteries 91 96 Factory setting 89 Global locking 89 Global locking and unlocking 89 Global unlocking 89 200 203 Locking and unlocking 88 Lossof 91 Opening and closing the slid ing pop up roof with 202 Opening and closing windows with 199 Opening the panorama sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 208 positions in starter switch 31 Remote controls 88 92 Restoring to factory setting 90 94 Selective s
345. switch briefly at to raise the sunshade gt Attach the hooks at the top 172 Always guide the sunblind by hand Do not let it snap back as the retractor could be damaged Rear window defroster The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defrost er as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is automatically deactivated af ter approximately 6 to 17 minutes of oper ation depending on the outside temperature Activating gt Press button kaon the climate con trol panel gt page 173 or the automat ic climate control panel gt page 176 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Deactivating gt Press button Rj again The indicator lamp on the button goes out Warning VAN Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing this means that too many electrical consumers are operat ing simultaneously and there is insuffi cient voltage in the battery The system responds automatically by deactivating the rear window defroster As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster au tomatically turns itself back on Controls in detail Good visibility 173 Controls in detail Climate control Y
346. switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by mov ing the switch in any direction When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the sliding pop up roof Open the sliding pop up roof only if the roof is clear of snow or ice The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 358 i You can also open or close the sliding pop up roof using e SmartKey gt page 202 e Button in the control panel of the climate control gt page 176 or automatic climate control page 186 e Button R in the control panel of the automatic climate control gt page 186 Controls in detail Sliding pop up roof Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice Opening and closing the sliding pop up roof gt To open close raise or lower the sliding pop up roof move the switch to resistance point in the required direction
347. switch to wiper setting Il gt page 48 gt With wiper arm in the vertical position turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 P82 30 2187 31 A For safety reasons remove SmartKey from starter switch before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Warning gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer Installing wiper blades gt gt Slide wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place Rotate wiper blade into position paral lel to wiper arm Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back Never open the hood when the wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Practical hints Flat tire Y Flat tire Preparing the vehicle gt Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving traffic on a
348. t at the upper rear side of the cup holder lift cup holder upwards to remove Hold the cover at a 45 angle Insert a suitable object Q e g a pin through the hole and press the pin downward Remove pin The selector lever is locked again when moving it to position P 357 Practical hints Opening closing in an emergency V Opening closing in an emergency Sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof gt Turn crank 2 counterclockwise to e slide roof open You can open or close the sliding pop up e lower roof at the rear roof or panorama sliding pop up roof manually should an electrical malfunction occur The sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof must be resynchro nized after being operated manually The sliding pop up roof or panorama gt page 204 sliding pop up roof drive is located be hind lens of the interior overhead light 5 Do not disconnect the electrical con nectors Obtain crank Insert crank 2 through hole Q gt Turn crank clockwise to e Slide roof closed Pe Screen e Raise roof at the rear gt Fold screen Q down Vv Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling It is there fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as semblies are in good working order at all times Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted
349. t in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Set current or higher speed Set current or lower speed Cancel cruise control Resume at previously set speed Saving current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift or depress 2 the cruise control lever The current speed is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated i On uphill or downhill grades cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel cruise control gt or gt Step on the brake pedal Briefly push the cruise control lever to position G Cruise control will be canceled The last speed set will be stored for later use Moving gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels cruise control However the gear se lector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads i The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Controls in detail Driving systems Se
350. tart stop button vehi cles with KEYLESS GO e Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Tires A If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Warning Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for re pairs Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and be come visible at a tread depth of approxi mately Y in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be re placed The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread A Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the tread wear indicators TWI be come visible at approximately Ve in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not al low your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches T in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Warning Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire pressures m
351. ted You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing step Step 10 gt Firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed integrated signal transmitter button or Step 11 gt Press hold for two seconds and re lease same button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to perform this procedure a third time to complete the training Controls in detail Useful features Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed integrated signal transmitter button or Step 13 gt To program the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Gate operator Canadian programming Step 4 Operation of integrated remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require gt Continue to press and hold the inte gt Switch on ignition transmitter signals to time out or quit grated signal transmitter button gt Select and press the appropriate inte after several seconds of transmission l or while you press and re press grated signal transmitter button which may not be long enough for the inte cycle your hand held remote con or to activate the remote con grated signal transmitter to pick up the sig trol transmitter every two seconds trolled device nal during programming Simila
352. tep 3 Otherwise press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons Q and and release them only when the indicator light be gins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held trans mitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 DD Controls in detail Useful features gt DStep 3 i gt Hold the end of the hand held remote The indicator lamp flashes the first If the indicator lamp blinks rapidly control transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the surface of the integrated remote control locat ed on the interior rear view mirror keeping the indicator lamp in view time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will only start flashing after 20 sec onds for about two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with pro gramming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature Step 5 Step 7 Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously gt Toprogram the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with gt When the indicator lamp
353. tes 144 Set date month 145 Set date day 145 Set date year 145 i Information on setting the time refer to separate COMAND instructions Controls in detail Control system Synchronizing the time This function can only be seen on vehicles with COMAND and navigation module gt Move the selection marker with the or FES button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Time sync with head unit The selection marker is on the current setting Time sync with head unit 2 g A 143 8 MI Press or BHI to select the de sired setting Set time hours This function can only be seen when syn chronization is switched off gt Move the selection marker with the or FES button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button EAN or Beg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Clock hours The selection marker is on the hour set ting Clock hours ia pa ms on 72 F 149 8 MI Press or E to set the hour Confirm by pressing reset button Set time minutes This function can only be seen when syn chronization is switched off gt Move the selection marker with the or ESM button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Clock minutes The selection marker is on the minute setting Clock minutes Confirm b
354. th KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Do not depress the brake pedal Position 1 p gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton once KEYLESS GO start stop button This supplies power to some electrical Before you press the KEYLESS GO consumers such as seat adjustment start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 as with Smart i Key removed If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once again the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice the power supply is again switched off Getting started Unlocking Ignition or position 2 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton twice This supplies power to all electrical consumers All the lights in the instru ment cluster come on i If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power sup ply is again switched off More information can be found in the Controls in detail section gt page 91 For information on starting the engine us ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button see Starting with KEYLESS GO gt page 44 Getting started Adjusting V Adjusting Warning A All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning VAN Do not adjust the driver s seat while
355. the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated gt Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant More information on coolant can be found reservoir if engine temperature is above Coolant expansion tank in the Technical data section 194 F 90 C Allow engine to cool 3 gt page 405 down before removing cap The coolant gt Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx reservoir contains hot fluid and is under imately one half turn to the left to re pressure lease any excess pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approx Continue turning the cap to the left and imately Vs turn to relieve excess pres remove it sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out un der pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts Battery Your vehicle is equipped with two batter ies e Auxiliary battery located in the engine compartment e Main battery starter and electrical consumers located in the trunk These batteries should always be suffi ciently charged in order to achieve their rated service life Refer to Service Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short d
356. the KEYLESS GO open the driver s or passenger door turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 in vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the start stop button on gear selector lever once depress the brake pedal release the parking brake i If the SBC brake system is activated as the brake pedal is first depressed you may feel a reduced pedal resistance and longer pedal travel than normal When releasing the pedal you may also feel the brake pedal pulsate and you may hear a sound which is caused by the activation of the SBC brake system pump This is normal and not an indica tion of a malfunction Pedal travel returns to normal when you release the brake pedal and the sound soon ceas es If you experience the above while driv ing and the red brake warning lamp gt page 312 illuminates and or warn ing messages appear in the instrument cluster gt page 318 the brake system is malfunctioning Follow the instruc tions of the warning message s and have the brake system checked imme diately Warning VAN Have brake pad replacement and other work on the SBC brake system carried out by qualified technicians only Contact your Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion The SBC brake system must be deacti vated prior to working on the system High pressure is intermittently built up in the sys tem as part of its automatic self test In ad dition the system is automatically activated when the
357. the distance be gt Press button 4 This section describes a number of driving tween your vehicle and those directly ahead situations where special precaution is re of it but does not register stationary objects Indicator lamp on the button comes on A loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 218 quired on the part of the driver Be pre in the road e g pared to brake in such situations This will e A stopped vehicle in a traffic jam deactivate the Distronic system e A disabled vehicle DEACHVANNE E A e An oncoming vehicle gt Press button bai The driver must always be on the alert ob Indicator lamp 2 on the button goes Distronic works to maintain the speed se serve all traffic and intercede as required by out No loudspeaker symbol appearsin lected by the driver unless a moving obsta steering or braking the vehicle the multifunction display cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g fol lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis Warning A tance set by Distronic This means that Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy A r a Your vehicle can pass another vehicle Toed COnaitionet after you change lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed Controls in detai
358. the starter switch This message is only a reminder You have forgotten to remove the Smart Key There is no additional code available for SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt gt gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Insert SmartKey in the starter switch Take the SmartKey with KEY LESS GO with you when leaving the vehicle Remove the SmartKey from the start er switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display symbol Display messages Brake light Visit workshop Brake light left Back up light on Brake light right Back up light on Display malfunction Visit workshop Front foglight left Front foglight right HeadIt cornering HeadIt cornering Back up light on HeadIt cornering malfunction Visit workshop Possible cause Brake lamp illumination is delayed or lamp is permanently on The left brake lamp is malfunctioning A backup bulb is being used The right brake lamp is malfunctioning A backup bulb is being used The display for the lamps or the system is malfunctioning The left front fog lamp is malfunctioning The right front fog lamp is malfunctioning The Bi Xenon cornering lamps system is malfunctioning The Bi Xenon cornering lamps system is malfunctioning Another light is being used The Bi Xenon cornering lamps system is malfunctioning Practical hints W
359. the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Program mode selector switch The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console S Sport For standard driving C Comfort For comfort driving M Manual For manual gear shifting The selected shift program C S M is indicated in the multifunction display gt page 129 Controls in detail Automatic transmission Activating manual shift program gt Press program mode selector switch repeatedly until the M for manual shift program appears in the multifunction display The program mode switches to manual program mode M Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in position D You can upshift or downshift through the gears in succession The current gear selector lever position and the selected shift program C S M is indicated in the multifunction display gt page 129 Controls in detail Automatic transmission Downshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction gt page 159 or gt Press button Q on the left side of the steering wheel gt page 162 The transmission shifts to the next low
360. throttle Earlier upshifting Program mode selector switch S Sport For standard driving C Comfort For comfort driving w Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever is out of position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared e The vehicle starts out in second More throttle Later upshifting gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if Kickdown full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less likely to spin The power transmission ratio for gear selector lever position R changes depending on the program mode selected S or C Use kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Manual shift program E 55 AMG In the manual shift program mode you can change the gears manually gt page 162 on the steering wheel or by using the gear selector lever gt page 159 Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear only when
361. til the desired ventilation level is set Switching seat ventilation off gt Press button Q repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out i The seat ventilation is automatically set to the highest level if activated via sum mer opening feature gt page 199 If one or all of the lamps flash on the seat ventilation switch there is insuffi cient voltage due to too many electrical consumers being switched on The seat ventilation switches off automatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Seats Controls in detail Memory function Y Memory function T You can store up to three different settings Prior to operating the vehicle the driv Per SmartKey Warning A er should check and adjust the seat i i J The following settings are saved for each omiaa te nenoy toinne height seat position fore and aft and stored position seat backrest angle if necessary to en sure adequate control reach and com fort The head restraint should also be Steering wheel position adjusted for properheight Seealsothe Driver s side exterior rear view mirror section on airbags gt page 57 for more information on proper seat posi tioning driving Activating the memory function e Drivers seat and backrest position while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle position e Passenger side exterio
362. tion Exte rior lamps delayed shut off Use the Headlamps delayed shut off function to set whether and for how long you would like the exterior lamps to illumi nate during darkness after all doors are closed When the delayed shut off feature is activated and the exterior lamp switch is in position WA the following lamps will remain lit after you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Parking lamps Tail lamps License plate lamps Front fog lamps i You can reactivate this function within ten minutes by opening a door If you do not open a door after remov ing the SmartKey the lamps will auto matically switch off after 60 seconds gt gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Light ing submenu Press button BaN or R repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Headlamps delayed shut off The selection marker is on the current setting Headlamps delayed shut off Ee 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2279 31 Press or BM to select the de sired lamp on period You can select e 0 s the delayed shut off feature is deactivated e 15 s 30 s 45 sor60 s the delayed shut off feature is activated Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion Bag You can temporarily deactivate the de layed shut off feature gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Then turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to positio
363. tion The parking lamps low beam headlamps Suelo from position to E with the display and license plate lamps switch on and off vehicle at a standstill Switching from i automatically depending on the brightness to will briefly switch off the head e the message Switch off lights of the ambient light lamps Doing so while driving in low ambient appears in the multifunction display ighti iti i i gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to MIB ee peng es Mey TES tees i Vara A The automatic headlamp feature is only an With the daytime running lamp mode arning aid to the driver The driver is responsible for activated and the engine running the low beam headlamps cannot be switched off manually e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright am bient light for example light from oncoming traffic the operation of the vehicle s lights at all If the exterior lamp switch is set to FURRY ee e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions i With the daytime running lamp mode activated the low beam headlamps will not be switched off automatically i The front fog lamps and rear fog lamp cannot be switched on manually with exterior lamp switch in position RE To activate the fog lamps turn exterior lamp switch to position and pull the exterior lamp switch to first or sec ond stop gt page 122 Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn exterior lamp switch to pos
364. tion of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for temperatures below freezing point gt page 406 e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to ensure that the engine can be started and the SBC brake system will be fully opera tional even at low ambient tempera tures e Tire change Mercedes Benz recom mends M S rated radial ply tires with a minimum tread depth of approximately lja in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season Winter tires Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS ESP and 4MATIC in winter operation For safe handling ensure that all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design A Winter tires with a tread depth of less than ee in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Warning Operation Winter driving Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your ve hicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such no tices ar
365. tions Power assistance Warning VAN The brake system requires electrical energy for operation A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 312 and warning messages in the instrument cluster page 318 come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply signifi cantly greater brake pedal pressure and de press the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stop ping distance is increased If there is a mal function in the SBC brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation refer to Towing the vehicle gt page 381 For more information see SBC brake system gt page 79 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is importa
366. tivating 193 Charging Vehicle batteries 377 CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp 313 Checking Coolant level 285 Oillevel 279 282 Tire inflation pressure 279 Vehicle lighting 279 Child safety 65 Airbags 58 Infant and child restraint systems 62 65 LATCH child seat anchors 71 Child safety switch see Blocking of rear window operation 72 Cigarette lighter 247 Cleaning Headlamps 170 Light alloy wheels 305 Parktronic system sensor Windshield 49 Wood trims 308 Climate control 174 Adjusting 178 Defrosting 179 Setting the temperature Clock 144 Closing Glove box 242 Panorama sliding pop up roof 206 Panorama sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO 209 Panorama sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO 200 Roller sunblinds 205 Side windows 198 305 178 Side windows with KEYLESS GO 200 203 Sliding pop up roof 201 Sliding pop up roof with KEYLESS GO 200 203 Sliding pop up roof with SmartKey 202 Trunk Vehicle with KEYLESS GO 103 Trunk lid 99 Windows 197 Windows with SmartKey 199 Closing the trunk lid 102 103 Cockpit 20 411 Cockpit management and data system COMAND 412 COMAND 412 COMAND see separate operating instruc tions Combination switch 123 High beam flasher 47 Turn signals 47 Windshield wipers 48 102 Consumer information 408 Control system 129 412 AUDIO menu 134 Convenience submenu 150 Display digital speedometer Distronic menu 136 Functions 133 Instrument cluster submenu 143 L
367. tor lamp in the M button artment air vents The automatic climate control system P i i j interi i Directs air to the windows wall correspondingly adjust the interior illuminates The air distribution is ad air temperature Directs air into the entire vehi justed automatically Heating cle interior Directs air to the footwells Windshield fogged on the outside Only in manual air distribution mode is it possible to lower the temperature in the gt Switch the windshield wipers on headroom by adding outside air using P the left ht EGG button thumbwheel 7 gt page 184 in the dash Jio bunan board Controls in detail Automatic climate control Adjusting air volume Adjusting manually Nine blower speeds are available gt Press JEJ to decrease or to in crease air volume to the desired level The Auto display disappears and the automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in the display Adjusting automatically gt Press left or right RMA button The air volume is adjusted automatical ly Maximum cooling MAX COOL If the left and right air distribution controls as well as the airflow volume control are set to EUR and there is a high need for cooling the display MAX COOL appears in the front and rear display This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and sliding pop up roof or panorama sliding pop up roof
368. tracions gt Page This symbol tells you where to this manual may differ slightly from i i T look for further information on a the actual equipment of your vehi t nic cle Highlights hazards that may result in pie damage to your vehicle gt D This continuation symbol marks an interrupted procedure which ri will be continued on the next Helpful hints or further information you Rape may find useful gt In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to in dicate cross references to term definitions DISPLAY Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety Vv Operating safety Proper use of the vehicle Warning Proper use of the vehicle requires that you Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are in terconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other sys tems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your vehicle See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving
369. traint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Warning Install child seat according to manufactur er s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to your child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Blocking of rear door window operation Override switch Indicator lamp gt A Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the win dow opening Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or Press override switch 4 serious personal injury Indicator lamp comes on The rear doo
370. ts air through the center E Eae tte ee side and rear passenger com partment air vents Directs air to the windows Directs air into the entire vehicle interior Directs air to the footwells 178 Adjusting center air vents The thumbwheels for left and right center air vents are automatically posi tioned for optimum interior airflow In this position center air vent and adjustable left and right center vents 3 and are fully opened Heating Only in manual mode is it possible to lower the temperature in the headroom by regu lating the cold airflow using thumbwheel 7 gt page 174 Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 48 gt Press the Rg button The indicator lamp on the button comes on Adjusting air volume Adjusting manually Five blower speeds are available gt Press to decrease or to in crease air volume to the desired level The Auto display disappears and the automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in the display Controls in detail Climate control Adjusting automatically gt Press the Wg button The air volume is adjusted automatical ly Defrosting i These settings should only be selected for a short time Activating gt Press button KAJ The indicator lamp on the button comes on or gt Switch off air recirculation if selected Press button Egg The indi
371. ts are intend f ed to help reduce injuries during an acci gt Press switch upwards and hold until dent the head restraint is fully extended Removing front head restraints gt Pull out head restraint Controls in detail Seats Rear seat head restraints gt Make sure the ignition is switched on Placing head restraints upright All the lights in the instrument cluster H come on The rear seat head restraints cannot be i Press the symbobside on rocker adjusted switch Q to release the head re straints Folding head restraints back with switch in the center console The head restraints will fold backward The rear seat head restraints can be folded backward for increased visibility Warning A Pull the head restraint forward until it Head restraint release switch For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints locks into position Make sure the head restraints engage when placing them upright Otherwise their protective function cannot be as sured Removing and installing rear seat head restraints For removing and installing rear seat head restraints see Expanding the cargo ar ea gt page 239 Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion
372. ts will come on depending on the distance When the eighth segment comes on you have reached the minimum distance Controls in detail Driving systems Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red seg ment comes on and a constant acous tic warning lasting a maximum of three seconds will sound for the sec ond red segment The signal is can celed when the selector lever is placed in position P and the parking brake is activated Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red seg ment comes on and a constant acous tic warning lasting a maximum of three seconds will sound for the sec ond red segment The signal is can celed when the selector lever is placed in position D or P and the parking brake is activated Controls in detail Driving systems Switching the Parktronic system on off You can switch off the Parktronic system manually The Parktronic system switch is located in the lower section of the center console Parktronic system on off Indicator lamp Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press button Q Indicator lamp comes on Switching on the Parktronic system gt Press button again Indicator lamp 2 goes out Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronic system if the red segments of the Parktronic system warning indicator come on and a warning sounds The Parktronic system will sw
373. tting stored speed Resume function Warning A Setting a higher speed ap When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the transmission will au tomatically downshift if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehi gt Lift the cruise control lever to position Q and hold it up until the de sired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to preset speed could cause an accident and or seri The new speed is set i Depressing the accelerator pedal does cle sufficiently Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments not deactivate cruise control After brief acceleration e g for passing cruise control will resume the last speed set ous injury to you and others Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the gt Briefly push the cruise control lever to direction of arrow Q position The cruise control will resume the last previously set speed Setting a lower speed Slower gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the gt Depress the cruise control lever to oe oe direction of arrow position 2 and hold it down until the pedal desired speed is reached gt Remove your foot from the accelerator gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set
374. turn on the lights under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals and and then from positive terminals Q and 3 Now you can turn on the lights gt Have the battery checked at the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center ii uy Do not tow start the vehicle Nai Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehi cle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is pref erable to other types of towing Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position 0 Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the tow away alarm and the automatic central locking Do not tow start the vehicle When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehi cle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised except vehi cles with 4MATIC only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe loca tion where the recommended towing methods can be employed Vehicles with 4MATIC Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must
375. ty Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e adoor e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activat ing element a door for example is imme diately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle i If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initi ated automatically by the Tele Aid sys tem gt page 250 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are avail able Arming the alarm system The alarm system is armed within approxi mately ten seconds after locking the vehi cle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the alarm system is activated The indicator lamp in the central locking switch gt page 25 begins to flash after arming the alarm system i If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times one of the following ele ments may not be properly closed e adoor e the trunk lid Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system The alarm system is disarmed when you unlock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is deactivated Canceling the alarm With t
376. uide tether strap between head re For safety make sure the hook has straint and top of the seat back attached to the ring beyond the gt Head restraint must be positioned such safety catch as illustrated below that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and the top of the seat back Make sure the tether strap is not twist ed P91 40 2439 31 2 Hook Anchorage ring gt Swing rear seat backrest to the rear un g til it engages Hook i gt Check the rear seat backrest to be Anchorage ring locked in its upright position gt page 325 Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren type anchors at each of the outer rear seats for the installation of a LATCH child seat with the matching anchor fit tings Safety and Security Occupant safety The anchors are located behind an uphol gt Install child seat according to the stery blend manufacturer s instructions H Make sure the seat belt for the center seat can operate freely with a child seat installed i Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions Indicates the position of the anchors Anchors Safety and Security Occupant safety A Children too big for child res
377. up roof nesses 201 Speedshift E 55 AMG 162 Residual heat and ventilation 182 Opening and closing the Program mode selector switch 164 sliding pop up roof 201 Accelerator position c00 164 Synchronizing the Manual shift program E55 AMG 165 sliding pop up OOF eee 204 Panorama sliding pop up roof 205 HOGGING euenien 233 ee Opening and closing the Roof rack ss cwsivesedescdiacsecsastetieceenss 233 Operation oo cceeseeeneeeeees 265 roller SUNDIINdS c ceeceeseeeeeees 205 Ski SACK woe eeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 233 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 266 Opening and closing the Split rear bench seat s s s 236 Driving instructions n 267 panorama sliding pop up roof 206 Expanding the cargo area 239 Drive sensibly save fuel 267 Synchronizing the panorama Loading instructions 0 240 Drinking and driving 267 sliding pop up roof oo 209 Cargo tie down rings eee 241 Pedal sconsa uretyase 267 Solar pane sie cssscsssdeteediseieies 210 Useful features cece ccceeeseceneeeee 242 Power assistance ccceeeeeeees 268 Driving SYStEMS cece eeeeeeeeeees 211 Interior storage spaces 242 Brak S eceeeeeeeeseteeeesesessteteeeesees 268 Cruise CONtrOl cceeceeseeteeeeeees 211 ASH aS oriori iriiritia 246 Driving Off cccesecsesseeeteeeeseeseeeses 270 DIStrONIC ic lt ccc
378. urate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or slow driving Vv Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button is in position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster dis play and much more i The displays for the audio systems ra dio CD player will appear in English regardless of the language selected A A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving Warning For your safety and the safety of others se lecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 13 5 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display 149 8 M KZ A D 3 D 26753m C Segment ring Standard display Trip odometer Controls in detail
379. ure there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system to stop the opening proce dure press button on the Smart Key The trunk lid stops moving i If the trunk lid does not open it is still locked separately if applicable gt page 105 If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk lid will lock automati cally when closed The turn signals will flash three times to confirm locking The trunk can also be opened from the in side in an emergency see Trunk lid emer gency release gt page 104 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Locking the vehicle J P80 20 2526 31 Lock button at trunk gt Press the lock button Q or gt Press the lock button at the outside door handle gt page 54 or gt Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch in the trunk gt page 103 The vehicle locks The turn signals flashes three times to confirm locking Checking the batteries gt Press button or EJ Battery check lamp G comes on brief ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter ies are in order If battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 355 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center i If the batteries are checked within sig nal range
380. ury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Put luggage or car go in the trunk if possible Do not pile lug gage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive vehicle with trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter ve hicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Cargo tie down rings Four rings Q are located in the trunk gt Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all rings with rope of suffi cient strength to hold down the cargo Always follow loading instructions gt page 240 Controls in detail Loading Rear seat There is a cargo tie down ring located on each side of the footwell under the rear seat 1 P68 00 2986 31 Controls in detail Useful features YV Useful features Interior storage spaces Warning A To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when stowing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf below the rear window Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Parcel net in front passenger footwell i ale ie in the front pa
381. ust be main tained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temper atures Operation Driving instructions A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Operation Driving instructions Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point AN If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends M S rated radial ply tires with a minimum tread depth of approximately 17 in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance howe
382. ust therefore only be per formed by qualified technicians Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Airbags Warning VAN Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain frontal im pacts front airbags side impacts side im pact airbags and head protection window curtain airbags or rollovers head protec tion window curtain airbags However no system available today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the SRS temporarily releas es a small amount of dust from the airbags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some tempo rary breathing difficulty for people with asth ma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure that it is properly positioned on your body Since the
383. vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A Wait until the vehicle is stationary before re moving the SmartKey from the starter switch The vehicle cannot be steered when the SmartKey is removed Warning A With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning VAN Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position O and remove or press start stop button vehicles with KEY LESS GO e Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving Getting started Parking and locking Parking brake P42 20 2117 31 Q Parking brake Release handle gt Step firmly on parking brake Q When the engine is running the warn ing lamp USA only or
384. vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 65 A Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Warning Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Airbags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Warning VAN Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best re straint when the wearer is in an upright po sition and the belt is properly positioned on the body War
385. vel menu E Vehicle sub 8 menu Convenience submenu Dynamic seat submenu Controls in detail Control system i Display digital speedometer Select radio station The headings used in the menus table Press button EAN twice gt Turnon the radio Refer to separate op are designed to facilitate navigation erating instructions va The current vehicle speed is shown in within the system and are not neces p h Itif i isplay P H sarily identicaleo ose chown in the the multifunction display gt Press button or repeatedly atrol svatend disblave until you see the currently tuned sta y pays AUDIO menu tion in the display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you The functions in the Audio menu operate which part of the system you are in the audio equipment which you currently have turned on Standard display menu If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO OFF is shown in the You can select the functions in the stan display dard display menu with button IRA ii O Waveband setting or a The following functions are available Station frequency The following functions are available Function Page Press button Eva o Eas repeatedly z until the desired station is found Function Page Select radio station 134 Call up digital speedometer 134 Select satellite radio station 135 Call up FSS PLUS 297 Operate CD peyer fez Check tire pressure 291 Check eng
386. ver is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise ap propriate caution Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use pru dent driving speeds appropriate to prevail ing conditions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others E 320 E 320 4MATIC E 500 E 500 4MATIC Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h E 320 4MATIC Sport Package E 500 4MATIC Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h E 320 Sport Package E 500 Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with W rated tires which have a speed rating of 168 mph 270 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h E55 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with Z rated tires which have a speed rating above 149 mph above 240 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h
387. voltage and can no longer supply conve nience functions such as the rear window defroster On board voltage is sufficient the consumers will switch on again Cruise control or Distronic is mal functioning The Distronic is switched off and is temporarily unavailable The Distronic is malfunctioning or the display is malfunctioning Possible solution As soon as the on board voltage is sufficient the consumers will switch on again gt Have the cruise control or Distronic checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Try activating the Distronic again later gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display Display message Possible cause Possible solution Distronic Currently unavailable DISTRONIC is switched off if gt If necessary clean the DISTRONIC cover in see oper manual e the DISTRONIC cover in the area the area of the radiator grille of the radiator grille is dirty gt Restart the vehicle e the functionality is impaired by or heavy rein or thick fo DISTRONIC becomes operational again with out the engine being restarted when e dirt on the grille falls off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availabili ty due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears e the speed last stored flashes in the display for five seconds
388. w 4 gt page 218 The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to preset speed could cause an accident and or seri ous injury to you and others gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 gt page 218 Distronic is activated and set to the last stored speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic There are several ways to deactivate the Distronic system gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow gt page 218 or gt Step on the brake pedal Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored in memory a The following message will appear in the multifunction display for approxi mately five seconds Distronic off The last stored speed is deleted when you turn off the engine Distronic deactivates automatically when you set the parking brake e you drive slower than 25 mph 40 km h the ESP is active gt page 76 or you de activate the ESP e you move the transmission selector le ver into position N A signal will sound The Distronic off message appears in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds AN Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of approximately 25 mph 40 km h by
389. when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result iM According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Warning Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best re straint when the wearer is in an upright po sition and the belt is properly positioned on the body A Read and observe the additional warning n
390. while the other end is still attached to a battery Warning VAN Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 287 The battery is located in the trunk under neath the luggage box gt page 351 Only jump start the vehicle from the battery in the trunk v v v Vv Make sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn off all electrical consumers Apply parking brake Shift gear selector lever to position P Connect positive terminals and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery 3 first Never invert the terminal connections Practical hints Jump starting P54 10 2252 31 Q Positive terminal of discharged battery Negative terminal of discharged bat tery Positive terminal of charged battery Negative terminal of charged battery Practical hints Jump starting gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals G and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery 4 first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle i The message Malfunction electric consumers switched off may appear in the instrument cluster It will disap pear as soon as the battery is suffi ciently charged Now you can again turn on the electrical consumers Do not
391. with remote controls and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a different color to help distinguish each key unit The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2087 31 SmartKey Lock button Unlock button for the trunk lid Mechanical key locking tab Unlock button Battery check lamp Panic button gt page 73 A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a looked door from the inside which could result in an accident or serious injury Warning To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of electromagnetic radiation i You can also open and close the power windows gt page 197 and sliding pop up roof gt page 201 or panorama sliding pop up roof gt page 208 using the SmartKey Factory setting Global unlocking gt Press button al All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The vehicle will lock aga
392. with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension compo nents can be damaged e The correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires are no longer guar anteed Warning VAN Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims use only genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can re sult in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads Mercedes Benz can therefore not assure the operating safety of the vehi cle when such tires are used See your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter for information on tested and recom mended rims and tires for summer and winter operation Operation Tires and wheels Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If vehicle
393. wn Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram Brochure in your glove box Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Informa tion Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty In formation Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Introduction Operator s Manual Operating your vehicle outside the USA Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail or Canada able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult If you plan to operate your vehicle in for your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or eign c
394. y Driving safety systems A The SBC brake system requires electrical power to operate Warning A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 312 and warning messages in the instrument cluster gt page 318 come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply signifi cantly greater brake pedal pressure and de press the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stop ping distance is increased gt D gt D Safety and Security Driving safety systems If there is a malfunction in the SBC brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if cir cumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the ve hicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more information refer to Towing the vehi cle gt page 381 The SBC brake system is automatically ac tivated when you unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or
395. y Never loosen or detach battery termi nal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be se verely damaged Have the battery checked regularly by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Service Booklet for mainte nance intervals or contact your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Warning VAN Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Warning VAN The SBC brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode The same applies if battery is disconnected To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes may only be applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adjust your driving style according ly For more information refer to SBC brake system gt page 79 Warning VAN With a disconnected battery e you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the g
396. y or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Cup holder Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Hard plastic trim items Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Headliner and shelf below rear window Clean with a soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Operation Vehicle care Seat belts The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Use only clear lukewarm water and soap Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Operation Vehicle care Leather upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that has the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Nubuck leather upholstery E
397. y of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc If the coolant level is low water and MB Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cool ing system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accor dance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model 35 F 37 C E 320 E 320 4MATIC 5 3 US qt 5 0 E500 E 500 4MATIC 6 0 US qt 5 65 I E55 AMG 7 0 US qt 6 6 I Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Approx freeze protection 49 F 45 C 5 9 US qt 5 5 I 6 6 US qt 6 2 I 7 7 US qt 7 31 Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year
398. y parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compart ment Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof Opening and closing the roller sunblinds The roller sunblinds can only be opened or closed when the panorama sliding pop up roof is closed The front and rear roller sunblind cannot be operat ed individually 7 a il ae Roller sunblinds switch rear Open Close gt Turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button a PgR Panorama sliding pop up roof switch Opening and closing the roller sun blinds Open l Close gt To open or close the roller sunblinds move the panorama sliding pop up roof switch or the rear roller sunblind switch to resistance point in the re quired direction or gt D gt D Controls in detail Panorama sliding pop up roof Release the switch when the roller sun blinds have reached the desired posi tion A When closing the roller sunblinds make sure that no one is in danger of being injured by the closing procedure The closing of the roller sunblinds can be immediately halted by releasing the switch Warning Fully opening the roller sunblinds Express open gt Move the panorama sliding pop up roof switch or the rear roller sunblind switch past the resistance point in direction and release The roller sunblinds opens completely Stopping the ro
399. y press R oe 10 38 AN 72 F 149 8 MI Press a or E to set the minutes gt Confirm by pressing reset button Set date month Set date day gt Move the selection marker with gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the the or E button to the Time Date submenu Press button or RR repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Set date day Time Date submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Set date month The selection marker is on the month The selection marker is on the day set setting ting Set date 120 Set date month _ day E 14 2002 140 05 5 2002 72 F 149 8 MI Press or E to set the day 72 F 149 8 MI he gt Press or E to set the month Controls in detail Control system Set date year gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button or RA repeatedly until you see this message in the dis play Set date year The selection marker is on the year set ting Set date year os one ee 72 F 4 149 8 MI gt Press or E to set the year Controls in detail Control system Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available Function Page Set daytime runni
400. y rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side airbag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side airbag be activated aS D Always sit upright properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized in fant or child restraint system for all chil dren 12 years old or under 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mount ed side airbags deactivated then deactiva tion can be accomplished upon your written request to do so at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details i Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal impacts front air bags side impacts side impact and head protection window curtain airbags which exceed preset thresholds and in certain rollovers head protection win dow curtain airbags Only during these events will they provide their supple mental protection The driver and passengers should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for airbags to pr
401. y setting ing or the vehicle battery is drained fuel filler flap unlocks gt Press and hold buttons and e Check the batteries in the Smart simultaneously for about six seconds Key gt page 91 and replace them if until battery check lamp flashes necessary gt page 355 twice H If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEY LESS GO then the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the Smart Key with KEYLESS GO is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the Smart Key with KEYLESS GO gt page 91 and replace them if necessary gt page 355 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the doors gt page 353 e Have the vehicle battery checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Use the mechanical key to lock the doors gt page 353 and the trunk lid if applicable gt page 105 If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Unlocking and opening the trunk lid A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid The handle is located in the rear license plate recess You can unlock and open the trunk lid sep arately p gt Pull on the handle or gt Press and hold button until the trunk lid unlocks and opens P80 20 2525 31 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make s
402. y the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate again When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the follow ing With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 2 the ve hicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turn ing at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more Switch off the tow away alarm gt page 85 To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking deactivate the automatic cen tral locking gt page 106 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed tow ing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chas sis frame or Suspension parts Practical hints Towing the vehicle i The selector lever will remain locked in position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See notes on the battery gt page 375 or on jump starting gt page 378 Manual unlocking transmission selec tor lever gt page 357 Practical hints Towing the vehicle Installing towing eye bolt Front of vehicle P88 20 2275 31 Cover on right side of front bumper To remove cover gt Press mark on cover in direction of ar row gt Lift cover off to revea
403. you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact your authorized Mercedes Benz to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not han dled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction Reporting safety defects Vv Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you you
404. you will then see the message you will again see the standby mes The stored names are displayed in as ding or descending alphabetical or U T sage vere 8 120 E der Dialing a number from the phone book i If your telephone is ready to receive calls If you press and hold EAN or RA for you may select and dial a number from the longer than one second the system E Precebulicn phone book at any time scrolls rapidly through the list of names i gt Press button or repeatedly until you release the button again You have answered the call In the dis until you see the Tel menu in the dis Cancel the quick search mode by play you see the length of the call play pressing N e gt Press button ENN or Bed i gt Press button If you do not wish to accept a call The control system reads the phone press button fN book which is stored in the telephone The system dials the selected phone This may take up to 30 seconds In the number display you will see the message e Ifthe connection is successful the Please wait name of the party you called and When the message Please wait disap the duration of the call will appear pears the phone book has been load in the display ed 00 01 15 NEWMAN 72 i 149 8 i e fno connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search throug
405. your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury i The lighter socket can be used to ac commodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 85 W 12 V socket The socket is located in the rear of the cen ter console storage compartment The socket can be used for accessories up to a maximum of 180 W Heated steering wheel The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel The stalk with the heated steering wheel switch is on the lower left hand side of the steering wheel EAN Indicator lamp Switching off Switching on Switching on gt Switch on ignition All lamps in the instrument cluster come on gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in the di rection of arrow 3 The steering wheel is heated Indicator lamp 1 comes on Switching off gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direc tion of arrow The heated steering wheel is turned off Indicator lamp goes out i The steering wheel heating does not turn off automatically Z Telephone A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle

Mercedes Benz 4MATIC User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents